/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */ /* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=78: */ /* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ /* parsing of CSS stylesheets, based on a token stream from the CSS scanner */ #include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h" #include "nsCSSParser.h" #include "nsCSSProps.h" #include "nsCSSKeywords.h" #include "nsCSSScanner.h" #include "mozilla/css/ErrorReporter.h" #include "mozilla/css/Loader.h" #include "mozilla/css/StyleRule.h" #include "mozilla/css/ImportRule.h" #include "nsCSSRules.h" #include "mozilla/css/NameSpaceRule.h" #include "nsTArray.h" #include "nsCSSStyleSheet.h" #include "mozilla/css/Declaration.h" #include "nsStyleConsts.h" #include "nsNetUtil.h" #include "nsCOMPtr.h" #include "nsString.h" #include "nsIAtom.h" #include "nsColor.h" #include "nsCSSPseudoClasses.h" #include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h" #include "nsINameSpaceManager.h" #include "nsXMLNameSpaceMap.h" #include "nsError.h" #include "nsIMediaList.h" #include "nsStyleUtil.h" #include "nsIPrincipal.h" #include "prprf.h" #include "nsContentUtils.h" #include "nsAutoPtr.h" #include "CSSCalc.h" #include "nsMediaFeatures.h" #include "nsLayoutUtils.h" #include "mozilla/Preferences.h" using namespace mozilla; const uint32_t nsCSSProps::kParserVariantTable[eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands] = { #define CSS_PROP(name_, id_, method_, flags_, pref_, parsevariant_, kwtable_, \ stylestruct_, stylestructoffset_, animtype_) \ parsevariant_, #include "nsCSSPropList.h" #undef CSS_PROP }; namespace { // Rule processing function typedef void (* RuleAppendFunc) (css::Rule* aRule, void* aData); static void AssignRuleToPointer(css::Rule* aRule, void* aPointer); static void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule* aRule, void* aParser); // Your basic top-down recursive descent style parser // The exposed methods and members of this class are precisely those // needed by nsCSSParser, far below. class CSSParserImpl { public: CSSParserImpl(); ~CSSParserImpl(); nsresult SetStyleSheet(nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet); nsresult SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode); nsresult SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader); // Clears everything set by the above Set*() functions. void Reset(); nsresult ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, uint32_t aLineNumber, bool aAllowUnsafeRules); nsresult ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal, css::StyleRule** aResult); nsresult ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer, nsIURI* aSheetURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Declaration* aDeclaration, bool* aChanged); nsresult ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule, nsIURI* aSheetURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Rule** aResult); nsresult ParseProperty(const nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsAString& aPropValue, nsIURI* aSheetURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Declaration* aDeclaration, bool* aChanged, bool aIsImportant, bool aIsSVGMode); void ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting nsMediaList* aMediaList, bool aHTMLMode); bool ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting nsCSSValue& aValue); nsresult ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString, nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting nsCSSSelectorList **aSelectorList); already_AddRefed ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURL, uint32_t aLineNumber); bool ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString, nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting InfallibleTArray& aSelectorList); bool EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty, const nsAString& aValue, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal); bool EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aCondition, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal); protected: class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty; friend class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty; class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule; friend class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule; class nsAutoSuppressErrors; friend class nsAutoSuppressErrors; void AppendRule(css::Rule* aRule); friend void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule*, void*); // calls AppendRule /** * This helper class automatically calls SetParsingCompoundProperty in its * constructor and takes care of resetting it to false in its destructor. */ class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty { public: nsAutoParseCompoundProperty(CSSParserImpl* aParser) : mParser(aParser) { NS_ASSERTION(!aParser->IsParsingCompoundProperty(), "already parsing compound property"); NS_ASSERTION(aParser, "Null parser?"); aParser->SetParsingCompoundProperty(true); } ~nsAutoParseCompoundProperty() { mParser->SetParsingCompoundProperty(false); } private: CSSParserImpl* mParser; }; /** * This helper class conditionally sets mInFailingSupportsRule to * true if aCondition = false, and resets it to its original value in its * destructor. If we are already somewhere within a failing @supports * rule, passing in aCondition = true does not change mInFailingSupportsRule. */ class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule { public: nsAutoFailingSupportsRule(CSSParserImpl* aParser, bool aCondition) : mParser(aParser), mOriginalValue(aParser->mInFailingSupportsRule) { if (!aCondition) { mParser->mInFailingSupportsRule = true; } } ~nsAutoFailingSupportsRule() { mParser->mInFailingSupportsRule = mOriginalValue; } private: CSSParserImpl* mParser; bool mOriginalValue; }; /** * Auto class to set aParser->mSuppressErrors to the specified value * and restore it to its original value later. */ class nsAutoSuppressErrors { public: nsAutoSuppressErrors(CSSParserImpl* aParser, bool aSuppressErrors = true) : mParser(aParser), mOriginalValue(aParser->mSuppressErrors) { mParser->mSuppressErrors = aSuppressErrors; } ~nsAutoSuppressErrors() { mParser->mSuppressErrors = mOriginalValue; } private: CSSParserImpl* mParser; bool mOriginalValue; }; // the caller must hold on to aString until parsing is done void InitScanner(nsCSSScanner& aScanner, css::ErrorReporter& aReporter, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal); void ReleaseScanner(void); bool IsSVGMode() const { return mScanner->IsSVGMode(); } bool GetToken(bool aSkipWS); void UngetToken(); bool GetNextTokenLocation(bool aSkipWS, uint32_t *linenum, uint32_t *colnum); bool ExpectSymbol(PRUnichar aSymbol, bool aSkipWS); bool ExpectEndProperty(); bool CheckEndProperty(); nsSubstring* NextIdent(); // returns true when the stop symbol is found, and false for EOF bool SkipUntil(PRUnichar aStopSymbol); void SkipUntilOneOf(const PRUnichar* aStopSymbolChars); void SkipRuleSet(bool aInsideBraces); bool SkipAtRule(bool aInsideBlock); bool SkipDeclaration(bool aCheckForBraces); void PushGroup(css::GroupRule* aRule); void PopGroup(); bool ParseRuleSet(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData, bool aInsideBraces = false); bool ParseAtRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData, bool aInAtRule); bool ParseCharsetRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseImportRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseURLOrString(nsString& aURL); bool GatherMedia(nsMediaList* aMedia, bool aInAtRule); bool ParseMediaQuery(bool aInAtRule, nsMediaQuery **aQuery, bool *aHitStop); bool ParseMediaQueryExpression(nsMediaQuery* aQuery); void ProcessImport(const nsString& aURLSpec, nsMediaList* aMedia, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseGroupRule(css::GroupRule* aRule, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseMediaRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseMozDocumentRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseNameSpaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); void ProcessNameSpace(const nsString& aPrefix, const nsString& aURLSpec, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseFontFaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseFontFeatureValuesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseFontFeatureValueSet(nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule *aRule); bool ParseFontDescriptor(nsCSSFontFaceRule* aRule); bool ParseFontDescriptorValue(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID, nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParsePageRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseKeyframesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); already_AddRefed ParseKeyframeRule(); bool ParseKeyframeSelectorList(InfallibleTArray& aSelectorList); bool ParseSupportsRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData); bool ParseSupportsCondition(bool& aConditionMet); bool ParseSupportsConditionNegation(bool& aConditionMet); bool ParseSupportsConditionInParens(bool& aConditionMet); bool ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(bool& aConditionMet); bool ParseSupportsConditionTerms(bool& aConditionMet); enum SupportsConditionTermOperator { eAnd, eOr }; bool ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator( bool& aConditionMet, SupportsConditionTermOperator aOperator); enum nsSelectorParsingStatus { // we have parsed a selector and we saw a token that cannot be // part of a selector: eSelectorParsingStatus_Done, // we should continue parsing the selector: eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue, // we saw an unexpected token or token value, // or we saw end-of-file with an unfinished selector: eSelectorParsingStatus_Error }; nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseIDSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseClassSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector); // aPseudoElement and aPseudoElementArgs are the location where // pseudo-elements (as opposed to pseudo-classes) are stored; // pseudo-classes are stored on aSelector. aPseudoElement and // aPseudoElementArgs must be non-null iff !aIsNegated. nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector, bool aIsNegated, nsIAtom** aPseudoElement, nsAtomList** aPseudoElementArgs, nsCSSPseudoElements::Type* aPseudoElementType); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseAttributeSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector, bool aIsNegated); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector, nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector, nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector, nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType); nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector); // If aStopChar is non-zero, the selector list is done when we hit // aStopChar. Otherwise, it's done when we hit EOF. bool ParseSelectorList(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead, PRUnichar aStopChar); bool ParseSelectorGroup(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead); bool ParseSelector(nsCSSSelectorList* aList, PRUnichar aPrevCombinator); enum { eParseDeclaration_InBraces = 1 << 0, eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant = 1 << 1 }; enum nsCSSContextType { eCSSContext_General, eCSSContext_Page }; css::Declaration* ParseDeclarationBlock(uint32_t aFlags, nsCSSContextType aContext = eCSSContext_General); bool ParseDeclaration(css::Declaration* aDeclaration, uint32_t aFlags, bool aMustCallValueAppended, bool* aChanged, nsCSSContextType aContext = eCSSContext_General); bool ParseProperty(nsCSSProperty aPropID); bool ParsePropertyByFunction(nsCSSProperty aPropID); bool ParseSingleValueProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue, nsCSSProperty aPropID); enum PriorityParsingStatus { ePriority_None, ePriority_Important, ePriority_Error }; PriorityParsingStatus ParsePriority(); #ifdef MOZ_XUL bool ParseTreePseudoElement(nsAtomList **aPseudoElementArgs); #endif void InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(const nsCSSProperty *aSourceProperties); // Property specific parsing routines bool ParseBackground(); struct BackgroundParseState { nsCSSValue& mColor; nsCSSValueList* mImage; nsCSSValuePairList* mRepeat; nsCSSValueList* mAttachment; nsCSSValueList* mClip; nsCSSValueList* mOrigin; nsCSSValueList* mPosition; nsCSSValuePairList* mSize; BackgroundParseState( nsCSSValue& aColor, nsCSSValueList* aImage, nsCSSValuePairList* aRepeat, nsCSSValueList* aAttachment, nsCSSValueList* aClip, nsCSSValueList* aOrigin, nsCSSValueList* aPosition, nsCSSValuePairList* aSize) : mColor(aColor), mImage(aImage), mRepeat(aRepeat), mAttachment(aAttachment), mClip(aClip), mOrigin(aOrigin), mPosition(aPosition), mSize(aSize) {}; }; bool ParseBackgroundItem(BackgroundParseState& aState); bool ParseValueList(nsCSSProperty aPropID); // a single value prop-id bool ParseBackgroundRepeat(); bool ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(nsCSSValuePair& aValue); bool ParseBackgroundPosition(); // ParseBoxPositionValues parses the CSS 2.1 background-position syntax, // which is still used by some properties. See ParseBackgroundPositionValues // for the css3-background syntax. bool ParseBoxPositionValues(nsCSSValuePair& aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit, bool aAllowExplicitCenter = true); // deprecated bool ParseBackgroundPositionValues(nsCSSValue& aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit); bool ParseBackgroundSize(); bool ParseBackgroundSizeValues(nsCSSValuePair& aOut); bool ParseBorderColor(); bool ParseBorderColors(nsCSSProperty aProperty); void SetBorderImageInitialValues(); bool ParseBorderImageRepeat(bool aAcceptsInherit); // If ParseBorderImageSlice returns false, aConsumedTokens indicates // whether or not any tokens were consumed (in other words, was the property // in error or just not present). If ParseBorderImageSlice returns true // aConsumedTokens is always true. bool ParseBorderImageSlice(bool aAcceptsInherit, bool* aConsumedTokens); bool ParseBorderImageWidth(bool aAcceptsInherit); bool ParseBorderImageOutset(bool aAcceptsInherit); bool ParseBorderImage(); bool ParseBorderSpacing(); bool ParseBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], bool aSetAllSides); bool ParseDirectionalBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], int32_t aSourceType); bool ParseBorderStyle(); bool ParseBorderWidth(); bool ParseCalc(nsCSSValue &aValue, int32_t aVariantMask); bool ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask); bool ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask, bool *aHadFinalWS); bool ParseCalcTerm(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask); bool RequireWhitespace(); // For "flex" shorthand property, defined in CSS3 Flexbox bool ParseFlex(); // for 'clip' and '-moz-image-region' bool ParseRect(nsCSSProperty aPropID); bool ParseColumns(); bool ParseContent(); bool ParseCounterData(nsCSSProperty aPropID); bool ParseCursor(); bool ParseFont(); bool ParseFontSynthesis(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseSingleAlternate(int32_t& aWhichFeature, nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontVariantAlternates(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseBitmaskValues(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aKeywordTable[], const int32_t aMasks[]); bool ParseFontVariantEastAsian(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontVariantLigatures(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontVariantNumeric(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontWeight(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseOneFamily(nsAString& aFamily, bool& aOneKeyword); bool ParseFamily(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontFeatureSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontSrc(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFontSrcFormat(InfallibleTArray& values); bool ParseFontRanges(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseListStyle(); bool ParseMargin(); bool ParseMarks(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseTransform(bool aIsPrefixed); bool ParseOutline(); bool ParseOverflow(); bool ParsePadding(); bool ParseQuotes(); bool ParseSize(); bool ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aTable[]); bool ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseTextAlignLast(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseTextDecoration(); bool ParseTextDecorationLine(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseTextCombineHorizontal(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseTextOverflow(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseShadowItem(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsBoxShadow); bool ParseShadowList(nsCSSProperty aProperty); bool ParseTransitionProperty(); bool ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(float& aComponent, char aStop, bool aCheckRange); bool ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue); enum ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult { eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values, eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Inherit, eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error }; ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(const nsCSSProperty* aProperties, const nsCSSValue* aInitialValues, nsCSSValue* aValues, size_t aNumProperties); bool ParseTransition(); bool ParseAnimation(); bool ParsePaint(nsCSSProperty aPropID); bool ParseDasharray(); bool ParseMarker(); bool ParsePaintOrder(); bool ParseAll(); // Reused utility parsing routines void AppendValue(nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseBoxProperties(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[]); bool ParseGroupedBoxProperty(int32_t aVariantMask, nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(nsCSSProperty aProperty, int32_t aSourceType); bool ParseBoxCornerRadius(const nsCSSProperty aPropID); bool ParseBoxCornerRadii(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[]); int32_t ParseChoice(nsCSSValue aValues[], const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], int32_t aNumIDs); bool ParseColor(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseColorComponent(uint8_t& aComponent, int32_t& aType, char aStop); // ParseHSLColor parses everything starting with the opening '(' // up through and including the aStop char. bool ParseHSLColor(nscolor& aColor, char aStop); // ParseColorOpacity will enforce that the color ends with a ')' // after the opacity bool ParseColorOpacity(uint8_t& aOpacity); bool ParseEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]); bool ParseVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]); bool ParseNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]); bool ParseOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]); bool ParseCounter(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseAttr(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool SetValueToURL(nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsString& aURL); bool TranslateDimension(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, float aNumber, const nsString& aUnit); bool ParseImageOrientation(nsCSSValue& aAngle); bool ParseImageRect(nsCSSValue& aImage); bool ParseElement(nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient); bool ParseLinearGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating, bool aIsLegacy); bool ParseRadialGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating, bool aIsLegacy); bool IsLegacyGradientLine(const nsCSSTokenType& aType, const nsString& aId); bool ParseGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient, nsCSSValue& aValue); void SetParsingCompoundProperty(bool aBool) { mParsingCompoundProperty = aBool; } bool IsParsingCompoundProperty(void) const { return mParsingCompoundProperty; } /* Functions for transform Parsing */ bool ParseSingleTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, nsCSSValue& aValue); bool ParseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aFunction, const int32_t aAllowedTypes[], int32_t aVariantMaskAll, uint16_t aMinElems, uint16_t aMaxElems, nsCSSValue &aValue); bool ParseFunctionInternals(const int32_t aVariantMask[], int32_t aVariantMaskAll, uint16_t aMinElems, uint16_t aMaxElems, InfallibleTArray& aOutput); /* Functions for transform-origin/perspective-origin Parsing */ bool ParseTransformOrigin(bool aPerspective); /* Functions for filter parsing */ bool ParseFilter(); bool ParseSingleFilter(nsCSSValue* aValue); bool ParseDropShadow(nsCSSValue* aValue); /* Find and return the namespace ID associated with aPrefix. If aPrefix has not been declared in an @namespace rule, returns kNameSpaceID_Unknown. */ int32_t GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(const nsString& aPrefix); /* Find the correct default namespace, and set it on aSelector. */ void SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(nsCSSSelector& aSelector); // Current token. The value is valid after calling GetToken and invalidated // by UngetToken. nsCSSToken mToken; // Our scanner. nsCSSScanner* mScanner; // Our error reporter. css::ErrorReporter* mReporter; // The URI to be used as a base for relative URIs. nsCOMPtr mBaseURI; // The URI to be used as an HTTP "Referer" and for error reporting. nsCOMPtr mSheetURI; // The principal of the sheet involved nsCOMPtr mSheetPrincipal; // The sheet we're parsing into nsRefPtr mSheet; // Used for @import rules mozilla::css::Loader* mChildLoader; // not ref counted, it owns us // Sheet section we're in. This is used to enforce correct ordering of the // various rule types (eg the fact that a @charset rule must come before // anything else). Note that there are checks of similar things in various // places in nsCSSStyleSheet.cpp (e.g in insertRule, RebuildChildList). enum nsCSSSection { eCSSSection_Charset, eCSSSection_Import, eCSSSection_NameSpace, eCSSSection_General }; nsCSSSection mSection; nsXMLNameSpaceMap *mNameSpaceMap; // weak, mSheet owns it // After an UngetToken is done this flag is true. The next call to // GetToken clears the flag. bool mHavePushBack : 1; // True if we are in quirks mode; false in standards or almost standards mode bool mNavQuirkMode : 1; // True when the hashless color quirk applies. bool mHashlessColorQuirk : 1; // True when the unitless length quirk applies. bool mUnitlessLengthQuirk : 1; // True if unsafe rules should be allowed bool mUnsafeRulesEnabled : 1; // True if viewport units should be allowed. bool mViewportUnitsEnabled : 1; // True for parsing media lists for HTML attributes, where we have to // ignore CSS comments. bool mHTMLMediaMode : 1; // This flag is set when parsing a non-box shorthand; it's used to not apply // some quirks during shorthand parsing bool mParsingCompoundProperty : 1; // True if we are somewhere within a @supports rule whose condition is // false. bool mInFailingSupportsRule : 1; // True if we will suppress all parse errors (except unexpected EOFs). // This is used to prevent errors for declarations inside a failing // @supports rule. bool mSuppressErrors : 1; // Stack of rule groups; used for @media and such. InfallibleTArray > mGroupStack; // During the parsing of a property (which may be a shorthand), the data // are stored in |mTempData|. (It is needed to ensure that parser // errors cause the data to be ignored, and to ensure that a // non-'!important' declaration does not override an '!important' // one.) nsCSSExpandedDataBlock mTempData; // All data from successfully parsed properties are placed into |mData|. nsCSSExpandedDataBlock mData; public: // Used from nsCSSParser constructors and destructors CSSParserImpl* mNextFree; }; static void AssignRuleToPointer(css::Rule* aRule, void* aPointer) { css::Rule **pointer = static_cast(aPointer); NS_ADDREF(*pointer = aRule); } static void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule* aRule, void* aParser) { CSSParserImpl* parser = (CSSParserImpl*) aParser; parser->AppendRule(aRule); } #define REPORT_UNEXPECTED(msg_) \ { if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_); } #define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(msg_, param_) \ { if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, param_); } #define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(msg_) \ { if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, mToken); } #define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(msg_, ch_) \ { if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, mToken, ch_); } #define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(lf_) \ mReporter->ReportUnexpectedEOF(#lf_) #define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF_CHAR(ch_) \ mReporter->ReportUnexpectedEOF(ch_) #define OUTPUT_ERROR() \ mReporter->OutputError() #define CLEAR_ERROR() \ mReporter->ClearError() CSSParserImpl::CSSParserImpl() : mToken(), mScanner(nullptr), mReporter(nullptr), mChildLoader(nullptr), mSection(eCSSSection_Charset), mNameSpaceMap(nullptr), mHavePushBack(false), mNavQuirkMode(false), mHashlessColorQuirk(false), mUnitlessLengthQuirk(false), mUnsafeRulesEnabled(false), mViewportUnitsEnabled(true), mHTMLMediaMode(false), mParsingCompoundProperty(false), mInFailingSupportsRule(false), mSuppressErrors(false), mNextFree(nullptr) { } CSSParserImpl::~CSSParserImpl() { mData.AssertInitialState(); mTempData.AssertInitialState(); } nsresult CSSParserImpl::SetStyleSheet(nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet) { if (aSheet != mSheet) { // Switch to using the new sheet, if any mGroupStack.Clear(); mSheet = aSheet; if (mSheet) { mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap(); } else { mNameSpaceMap = nullptr; } } else if (mSheet) { mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap(); } return NS_OK; } nsresult CSSParserImpl::SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode) { mNavQuirkMode = aQuirkMode; return NS_OK; } nsresult CSSParserImpl::SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader) { mChildLoader = aChildLoader; // not ref counted, it owns us return NS_OK; } void CSSParserImpl::Reset() { NS_ASSERTION(!mScanner, "resetting with scanner active"); SetStyleSheet(nullptr); SetQuirkMode(false); SetChildLoader(nullptr); } void CSSParserImpl::InitScanner(nsCSSScanner& aScanner, css::ErrorReporter& aReporter, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal) { NS_PRECONDITION(!mHTMLMediaMode, "Bad initial state"); NS_PRECONDITION(!mParsingCompoundProperty, "Bad initial state"); NS_PRECONDITION(!mScanner, "already have scanner"); mScanner = &aScanner; mReporter = &aReporter; mScanner->SetErrorReporter(mReporter); mBaseURI = aBaseURI; mSheetURI = aSheetURI; mSheetPrincipal = aSheetPrincipal; mHavePushBack = false; } void CSSParserImpl::ReleaseScanner() { mScanner = nullptr; mReporter = nullptr; mBaseURI = nullptr; mSheetURI = nullptr; mSheetPrincipal = nullptr; } nsresult CSSParserImpl::ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, uint32_t aLineNumber, bool aAllowUnsafeRules) { NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!"); NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI"); NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetURI, "need sheet URI"); NS_PRECONDITION(mSheet, "Must have sheet to parse into"); NS_ENSURE_STATE(mSheet); #ifdef DEBUG nsIURI* uri = mSheet->GetSheetURI(); bool equal; NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(aSheetURI->Equals(uri, &equal)) && equal, "Sheet URI does not match passed URI"); NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(mSheet->Principal()->Equals(aSheetPrincipal, &equal)) && equal, "Sheet principal does not match passed principal"); #endif nsCSSScanner scanner(aInput, aLineNumber); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal); int32_t ruleCount = mSheet->StyleRuleCount(); if (0 < ruleCount) { const css::Rule* lastRule = mSheet->GetStyleRuleAt(ruleCount - 1); if (lastRule) { switch (lastRule->GetType()) { case css::Rule::CHARSET_RULE: case css::Rule::IMPORT_RULE: mSection = eCSSSection_Import; break; case css::Rule::NAMESPACE_RULE: mSection = eCSSSection_NameSpace; break; default: mSection = eCSSSection_General; break; } } } else { mSection = eCSSSection_Charset; // sheet is empty, any rules are fair } mUnsafeRulesEnabled = aAllowUnsafeRules; nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; for (;;) { // Get next non-whitespace token if (!GetToken(true)) { OUTPUT_ERROR(); break; } if (eCSSToken_HTMLComment == tk->mType) { continue; // legal here only } if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) { ParseAtRule(AppendRuleToSheet, this, false); continue; } UngetToken(); if (ParseRuleSet(AppendRuleToSheet, this)) { mSection = eCSSSection_General; } } ReleaseScanner(); mUnsafeRulesEnabled = false; // XXX check for low level errors return NS_OK; } /** * Determines whether the identifier contained in the given string is a * vendor-specific identifier, as described in CSS 2.1 section 4.1.2.1. */ static bool NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(const nsAString& ident) { return (ident.First() == PRUnichar('-') && !StringBeginsWith(ident, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-moz-"))) || ident.First() == PRUnichar('_'); } nsresult CSSParserImpl::ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue, nsIURI* aDocURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal, css::StyleRule** aResult) { NS_PRECONDITION(aNodePrincipal, "Must have principal here!"); NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI"); // XXX line number? nsCSSScanner scanner(aAttributeValue, 0); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURI, aBaseURI, aNodePrincipal); mSection = eCSSSection_General; uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant; css::Declaration* declaration = ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags); if (declaration) { // Create a style rule for the declaration NS_ADDREF(*aResult = new css::StyleRule(nullptr, declaration)); } else { *aResult = nullptr; } ReleaseScanner(); // XXX check for low level errors return NS_OK; } nsresult CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Declaration* aDeclaration, bool* aChanged) { *aChanged = false; NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!"); nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, 0); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal); mSection = eCSSSection_General; mData.AssertInitialState(); aDeclaration->ClearData(); // We could check if it was already empty, but... *aChanged = true; for (;;) { // If we cleared the old decl, then we want to be calling // ValueAppended as we parse. if (!ParseDeclaration(aDeclaration, eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant, true, aChanged)) { if (!SkipDeclaration(false)) { break; } } } aDeclaration->CompressFrom(&mData); ReleaseScanner(); return NS_OK; } nsresult CSSParserImpl::ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Rule** aResult) { NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!"); NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI"); *aResult = nullptr; nsCSSScanner scanner(aRule, 0); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal); mSection = eCSSSection_Charset; // callers are responsible for rejecting invalid rules. nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; // Get first non-whitespace token nsresult rv = NS_OK; if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEParseRuleWSOnly); OUTPUT_ERROR(); rv = NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR; } else { if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) { // FIXME: perhaps aInsideBlock should be true when we are? ParseAtRule(AssignRuleToPointer, aResult, false); } else { UngetToken(); ParseRuleSet(AssignRuleToPointer, aResult); } if (*aResult && GetToken(true)) { // garbage after rule REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PERuleTrailing); NS_RELEASE(*aResult); } if (!*aResult) { rv = NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR; OUTPUT_ERROR(); } } ReleaseScanner(); return rv; } // See Bug 723197 #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma optimize( "", off ) #pragma warning( push ) #pragma warning( disable : 4748 ) #endif nsresult CSSParserImpl::ParseProperty(const nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsAString& aPropValue, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Declaration* aDeclaration, bool* aChanged, bool aIsImportant, bool aIsSVGMode) { NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!"); NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI"); NS_PRECONDITION(aDeclaration, "Need declaration to parse into!"); mData.AssertInitialState(); mTempData.AssertInitialState(); aDeclaration->AssertMutable(); nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropValue, 0); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal); mSection = eCSSSection_General; scanner.SetSVGMode(aIsSVGMode); *aChanged = false; // Check for unknown or preffed off properties if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == aPropID || !nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(aPropID)) { NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropID)); REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownProperty, propName); REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); return NS_OK; } bool parsedOK = ParseProperty(aPropID); // We should now be at EOF if (parsedOK && GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue); parsedOK = false; } if (!parsedOK) { NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropID)); REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propName); REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); mTempData.ClearProperty(aPropID); } else { // We know we don't need to force a ValueAppended call for the new // value. So if we are not processing a shorthand, and there's // already a value for this property in the declaration at the // same importance level, then we can just copy our parsed value // directly into the declaration without going through the whole // expand/compress thing. if (!aDeclaration->TryReplaceValue(aPropID, aIsImportant, mTempData, aChanged)) { // Do it the slow way aDeclaration->ExpandTo(&mData); *aChanged = mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, aPropID, aIsImportant, true, false, aDeclaration); aDeclaration->CompressFrom(&mData); } CLEAR_ERROR(); } mTempData.AssertInitialState(); ReleaseScanner(); return NS_OK; } #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning( pop ) #pragma optimize( "", on ) #endif void CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting nsMediaList* aMediaList, bool aHTMLMode) { // XXX Are there cases where the caller wants to keep what it already // has in case of parser error? If GatherMedia ever changes to return // a value other than true, we probably should avoid modifying aMediaList. aMediaList->Clear(); // fake base URI since media lists don't have URIs in them nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr); mHTMLMediaMode = aHTMLMode; // XXXldb We need to make the scanner not skip CSS comments! (Or // should we?) // For aHTMLMode, we used to follow the parsing rules in // http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-html401-19991224/types.html#type-media-descriptors // which wouldn't work for media queries since they remove all but the // first word. However, they're changed in // http://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/multipage/section-document.html#media2 // (as of 2008-05-29) which says that the media attribute just points // to a media query. (The main substative difference is the relative // precedence of commas and paretheses.) DebugOnly parsedOK = GatherMedia(aMediaList, false); NS_ASSERTION(parsedOK, "GatherMedia returned false; we probably want to avoid " "trashing aMediaList"); CLEAR_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); mHTMLMediaMode = false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting nsCSSValue& aValue) { nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr); // Parse a color, and check that there's nothing else after it. bool colorParsed = ParseColor(aValue) && !GetToken(true); OUTPUT_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); return colorParsed; } nsresult CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString, nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting nsCSSSelectorList **aSelectorList) { nsCSSScanner scanner(aSelectorString, aLineNumber); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr); bool success = ParseSelectorList(*aSelectorList, PRUnichar(0)); // We deliberately do not call OUTPUT_ERROR here, because all our // callers map a failure return to a JS exception, and if that JS // exception is caught, people don't want to see parser diagnostics; // see e.g. http://bugs.jquery.com/ticket/7535 // It would be nice to be able to save the parser diagnostics into // the exception, so that if it _isn't_ caught we can report them // along with the usual uncaught-exception message, but we don't // have any way to do that at present; see bug 631621. CLEAR_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); if (success) { NS_ASSERTION(*aSelectorList, "Should have list!"); return NS_OK; } NS_ASSERTION(!*aSelectorList, "Shouldn't have list!"); return NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR; } already_AddRefed CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURI, uint32_t aLineNumber) { nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr); nsRefPtr result = ParseKeyframeRule(); if (GetToken(true)) { // extra garbage at the end result = nullptr; } OUTPUT_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); return result.forget(); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString, nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting InfallibleTArray& aSelectorList) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aSelectorList.IsEmpty(), "given list should start empty"); nsCSSScanner scanner(aSelectorString, aLineNumber); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr); bool success = ParseKeyframeSelectorList(aSelectorList) && // must consume entire input string !GetToken(true); OUTPUT_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); if (success) { NS_ASSERTION(!aSelectorList.IsEmpty(), "should not be empty"); } else { aSelectorList.Clear(); } return success; } bool CSSParserImpl::EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty, const nsAString& aValue, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal) { nsCSSProperty propID = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(aProperty, nsCSSProps::eEnabled); if (propID == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) { return false; } nsCSSScanner scanner(aValue, 0); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal); nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this); bool parsedOK = ParseProperty(propID) && !GetToken(true); CLEAR_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); mTempData.ClearProperty(propID); mTempData.AssertInitialState(); return parsedOK; } bool CSSParserImpl::EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aDeclaration, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal) { nsCSSScanner scanner(aDeclaration, 0); css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL); InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal); nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this); bool conditionMet; bool parsedOK = ParseSupportsCondition(conditionMet) && !GetToken(true); CLEAR_ERROR(); ReleaseScanner(); return parsedOK && conditionMet; } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- bool CSSParserImpl::GetToken(bool aSkipWS) { if (mHavePushBack) { mHavePushBack = false; if (!aSkipWS || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Whitespace) { return true; } } return mScanner->Next(mToken, aSkipWS); } void CSSParserImpl::UngetToken() { NS_PRECONDITION(!mHavePushBack, "double pushback"); mHavePushBack = true; } bool CSSParserImpl::GetNextTokenLocation(bool aSkipWS, uint32_t *linenum, uint32_t *colnum) { // Peek at next token so that mScanner updates line and column vals if (!GetToken(aSkipWS)) { return false; } UngetToken(); // The scanner uses one-indexing for line numbers but zero-indexing // for column numbers. *linenum = mScanner->GetLineNumber(); *colnum = 1 + mScanner->GetColumnNumber(); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ExpectSymbol(PRUnichar aSymbol, bool aSkipWS) { if (!GetToken(aSkipWS)) { // CSS2.1 specifies that all "open constructs" are to be closed at // EOF. It simplifies higher layers if we claim to have found an // ), ], }, or ; if we encounter EOF while looking for one of them. // Do still issue a diagnostic, to aid debugging. if (aSymbol == ')' || aSymbol == ']' || aSymbol == '}' || aSymbol == ';') { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF_CHAR(aSymbol); return true; } else return false; } if (mToken.IsSymbol(aSymbol)) { return true; } UngetToken(); return false; } // Checks to see if we're at the end of a property. If an error occurs during // the check, does not signal a parse error. bool CSSParserImpl::CheckEndProperty() { if (!GetToken(true)) { return true; // properties may end with eof } if ((eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) && ((';' == mToken.mSymbol) || ('!' == mToken.mSymbol) || ('}' == mToken.mSymbol) || (')' == mToken.mSymbol))) { // XXX need to verify that ! is only followed by "important [;|}] // XXX this requires a multi-token pushback buffer UngetToken(); return true; } UngetToken(); return false; } // Checks if we're at the end of a property, raising an error if we're not. bool CSSParserImpl::ExpectEndProperty() { if (CheckEndProperty()) return true; // If we're here, we read something incorrect, so we should report it. REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue); return false; } // Parses the priority suffix on a property, which at present may be // either '!important' or nothing. CSSParserImpl::PriorityParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParsePriority() { if (!GetToken(true)) { return ePriority_None; // properties may end with EOF } if (!mToken.IsSymbol('!')) { UngetToken(); return ePriority_None; // dunno what it is, but it's not a priority } if (!GetToken(true)) { // EOF is not ok after ! REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEImportantEOF); return ePriority_Error; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("important")) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedImportant); UngetToken(); return ePriority_Error; } return ePriority_Important; } nsSubstring* CSSParserImpl::NextIdent() { // XXX Error reporting? if (!GetToken(true)) { return nullptr; } if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { UngetToken(); return nullptr; } return &mToken.mIdent; } bool CSSParserImpl::SkipAtRule(bool aInsideBlock) { for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipAtRuleEOF2); return false; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) { PRUnichar symbol = mToken.mSymbol; if (symbol == ';') { break; } if (aInsideBlock && symbol == '}') { // The closing } doesn't belong to us. UngetToken(); break; } if (symbol == '{') { SkipUntil('}'); break; } else if (symbol == '(') { SkipUntil(')'); } else if (symbol == '[') { SkipUntil(']'); } } else if (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_Bad_URL == mToken.mType) { SkipUntil(')'); } } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseAtRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData, bool aInAtRule) { nsCSSSection newSection; bool (CSSParserImpl::*parseFunc)(RuleAppendFunc, void*); if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_Charset) && (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("charset"))) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseCharsetRule; newSection = eCSSSection_Import; // only one charset allowed } else if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_Import) && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("import")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseImportRule; newSection = eCSSSection_Import; } else if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_NameSpace) && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("namespace")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseNameSpaceRule; newSection = eCSSSection_NameSpace; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("media")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-document")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseMozDocumentRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("font-face")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("font-feature-values") && nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule::PrefEnabled()) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValuesRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("page")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParsePageRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else if ((nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(eCSSPropertyAlias_MozAnimation) && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-keyframes")) || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("keyframes")) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframesRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("supports") && CSSSupportsRule::PrefEnabled()) { parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsRule; newSection = eCSSSection_General; } else { if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(mToken.mIdent)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEUnknownAtRule); OUTPUT_ERROR(); } // Skip over unsupported at rule, don't advance section return SkipAtRule(aInAtRule); } // Inside of @-rules, only the rules that can occur anywhere // are allowed. bool unnestable = aInAtRule && newSection != eCSSSection_General; if (unnestable) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGroupRuleNestedAtRule); } if (unnestable || !(this->*parseFunc)(aAppendFunc, aData)) { // Skip over invalid at rule, don't advance section OUTPUT_ERROR(); return SkipAtRule(aInAtRule); } // Nested @-rules don't affect the top-level rule chain requirement if (!aInAtRule) { mSection = newSection; } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCharsetRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PECharsetRuleEOF); return false; } if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) { UngetToken(); REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECharsetRuleNotString); return false; } nsAutoString charset = mToken.mIdent; if (!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) { return false; } nsRefPtr rule = new css::CharsetRule(charset); (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseURLOrString(nsString& aURL) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (eCSSToken_String == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_URL == mToken.mType) { aURL = mToken.mIdent; return true; } UngetToken(); return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaQuery(bool aInAtRule, nsMediaQuery **aQuery, bool *aHitStop) { *aQuery = nullptr; *aHitStop = false; // "If the comma-separated list is the empty list it is assumed to // specify the media query 'all'." (css3-mediaqueries, section // "Media Queries") if (!GetToken(true)) { *aHitStop = true; // expected termination by EOF if (!aInAtRule) return true; // unexpected termination by EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF); return true; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && aInAtRule && (mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == '}' )) { *aHitStop = true; UngetToken(); return true; } UngetToken(); nsMediaQuery* query = new nsMediaQuery; *aQuery = query; if (ExpectSymbol('(', true)) { // we got an expression without a media type UngetToken(); // so ParseMediaQueryExpression can handle it query->SetType(nsGkAtoms::all); query->SetTypeOmitted(); // Just parse the first expression here. if (!ParseMediaQueryExpression(query)) { OUTPUT_ERROR(); query->SetHadUnknownExpression(); } } else { nsCOMPtr mediaType; bool gotNotOrOnly = false; for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF); return false; } if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaNotIdent); UngetToken(); return false; } // case insensitive from CSS - must be lower cased nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent); mediaType = do_GetAtom(mToken.mIdent); if (!mediaType) { NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?"); } if (!gotNotOrOnly && mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_not) { gotNotOrOnly = true; query->SetNegated(); } else if (!gotNotOrOnly && mediaType == nsGkAtoms::only) { gotNotOrOnly = true; query->SetHasOnly(); } else if (mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_not || mediaType == nsGkAtoms::only || mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_and || mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_or) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaReservedMediaType); UngetToken(); return false; } else { // valid media type break; } } query->SetType(mediaType); } for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { *aHitStop = true; // expected termination by EOF if (!aInAtRule) break; // unexpected termination by EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF); break; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && aInAtRule && (mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == '}')) { *aHitStop = true; UngetToken(); break; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && mToken.mSymbol == ',') { // Done with the expressions for this query break; } if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("and")) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaNotComma); UngetToken(); return false; } if (!ParseMediaQueryExpression(query)) { OUTPUT_ERROR(); query->SetHadUnknownExpression(); } } return true; } // Returns false only when there is a low-level error in the scanner // (out-of-memory). bool CSSParserImpl::GatherMedia(nsMediaList* aMedia, bool aInAtRule) { for (;;) { nsAutoPtr query; bool hitStop; if (!ParseMediaQuery(aInAtRule, getter_Transfers(query), &hitStop)) { NS_ASSERTION(!hitStop, "should return true when hit stop"); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (query) { query->SetHadUnknownExpression(); } if (aInAtRule) { const PRUnichar stopChars[] = { PRUnichar(','), PRUnichar('{'), PRUnichar(';'), PRUnichar('}'), PRUnichar(0) }; SkipUntilOneOf(stopChars); } else { SkipUntil(','); } // Rely on SkipUntilOneOf leaving mToken around as the last token read. if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Symbol && aInAtRule && (mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '}')) { UngetToken(); hitStop = true; } } if (query) { aMedia->AppendQuery(query); } if (hitStop) { break; } } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaQueryExpression(nsMediaQuery* aQuery) { if (!ExpectSymbol('(', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedExpressionStart); return false; } if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEMQExpressionEOF); return false; } if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureName); UngetToken(); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } nsMediaExpression *expr = aQuery->NewExpression(); // case insensitive from CSS - must be lower cased nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent); const PRUnichar *featureString; if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("min-"))) { expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eMin; featureString = mToken.mIdent.get() + 4; } else if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("max-"))) { expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eMax; featureString = mToken.mIdent.get() + 4; } else { expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eEqual; featureString = mToken.mIdent.get(); } nsCOMPtr mediaFeatureAtom = do_GetAtom(featureString); if (!mediaFeatureAtom) { NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?"); } const nsMediaFeature *feature = nsMediaFeatures::features; for (; feature->mName; ++feature) { if (*(feature->mName) == mediaFeatureAtom) { break; } } if (!feature->mName || (expr->mRange != nsMediaExpression::eEqual && feature->mRangeType != nsMediaFeature::eMinMaxAllowed)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureName); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } expr->mFeature = feature; if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.IsSymbol(')')) { // Query expressions for any feature can be given without a value. // However, min/max prefixes are not allowed. if (expr->mRange != nsMediaExpression::eEqual) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMQNoMinMaxWithoutValue); return false; } expr->mValue.Reset(); return true; } if (!mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureNameEnd); UngetToken(); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } bool rv; switch (feature->mValueType) { case nsMediaFeature::eLength: rv = ParseNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_LENGTH, nullptr); break; case nsMediaFeature::eInteger: case nsMediaFeature::eBoolInteger: rv = ParseNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr); // Enforce extra restrictions for eBoolInteger if (rv && feature->mValueType == nsMediaFeature::eBoolInteger && expr->mValue.GetIntValue() > 1) rv = false; break; case nsMediaFeature::eFloat: rv = ParseNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr); break; case nsMediaFeature::eIntRatio: { // Two integers separated by '/', with optional whitespace on // either side of the '/'. nsRefPtr a = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2); expr->mValue.SetArrayValue(a, eCSSUnit_Array); // We don't bother with ParseNonNegativeVariant since we have to // check for != 0 as well; no need to worry about the UngetToken // since we're throwing out up to the next ')' anyway. rv = ParseVariant(a->Item(0), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr) && a->Item(0).GetIntValue() > 0 && ExpectSymbol('/', true) && ParseVariant(a->Item(1), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr) && a->Item(1).GetIntValue() > 0; } break; case nsMediaFeature::eResolution: rv = GetToken(true); if (!rv) break; rv = mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Dimension && mToken.mNumber > 0.0f; if (!rv) { UngetToken(); break; } // No worries about whether unitless zero is allowed, since the // value must be positive (and we checked that above). NS_ASSERTION(!mToken.mIdent.IsEmpty(), "unit lied"); if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dpi")) { expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Inch); } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dppx")) { expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel); } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dpcm")) { expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Centimeter); } else { rv = false; } break; case nsMediaFeature::eEnumerated: rv = ParseVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD, feature->mData.mKeywordTable); break; case nsMediaFeature::eIdent: rv = ParseVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER, nullptr); break; } if (!rv || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMQExpectedFeatureValue); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } // Parse a CSS2 import rule: "@import STRING | URL [medium [, medium]]" bool CSSParserImpl::ParseImportRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { nsRefPtr media = new nsMediaList(); nsAutoString url; if (!ParseURLOrString(url)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEImportNotURI); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) { if (!GatherMedia(media, true) || !ExpectSymbol(';', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEImportUnexpected); // don't advance section, simply ignore invalid @import return false; } // Safe to assert this, since we ensured that there is something // other than the ';' coming after the @import's url() token. NS_ASSERTION(media->Length() != 0, "media list must be nonempty"); } ProcessImport(url, media, aAppendFunc, aData); return true; } void CSSParserImpl::ProcessImport(const nsString& aURLSpec, nsMediaList* aMedia, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { nsRefPtr rule = new css::ImportRule(aMedia, aURLSpec); (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); // Diagnose bad URIs even if we don't have a child loader. nsCOMPtr url; // Charset will be deduced from mBaseURI, which is more or less correct. nsresult rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(url), aURLSpec, nullptr, mBaseURI); if (NS_FAILED(rv)) { if (rv == NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI) { // import url is bad REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEImportBadURI, aURLSpec); OUTPUT_ERROR(); } return; } if (mChildLoader) { mChildLoader->LoadChildSheet(mSheet, url, aMedia, rule); } } // Parse the {} part of an @media or @-moz-document rule. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseGroupRule(css::GroupRule* aRule, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { // XXXbz this could use better error reporting throughout the method if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { return false; } // push rule on stack, loop over children PushGroup(aRule); nsCSSSection holdSection = mSection; mSection = eCSSSection_General; for (;;) { // Get next non-whitespace token if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGroupRuleEOF2); break; } if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done! UngetToken(); break; } if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == mToken.mType) { // Parse for nested rules ParseAtRule(aAppendFunc, aData, true); continue; } UngetToken(); ParseRuleSet(AppendRuleToSheet, this, true); } PopGroup(); if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) { mSection = holdSection; return false; } (*aAppendFunc)(aRule, aData); return true; } // Parse a CSS2 media rule: "@media medium [, medium] { ... }" bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { nsRefPtr media = new nsMediaList(); if (GatherMedia(media, true)) { // XXXbz this could use better error reporting throughout the method nsRefPtr rule = new css::MediaRule(); // Append first, so when we do SetMedia() the rule // knows what its stylesheet is. if (ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aData)) { rule->SetMedia(media); return true; } } return false; } // Parse a @-moz-document rule. This is like an @media rule, but instead // of a medium it has a nonempty list of items where each item is either // url(), url-prefix(), or domain(). bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMozDocumentRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { css::DocumentRule::URL *urls = nullptr; css::DocumentRule::URL **next = &urls; do { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEMozDocRuleEOF); delete urls; return false; } if (!(eCSSToken_URL == mToken.mType || (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType && (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("url-prefix") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("domain") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("regexp"))))) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleBadFunc); UngetToken(); delete urls; return false; } css::DocumentRule::URL *cur = *next = new css::DocumentRule::URL; next = &cur->next; if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) { cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eURL; CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url); } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("regexp")) { // regexp() is different from url-prefix() and domain() (but // probably the way they *should* have been* in that it requires a // string argument, and doesn't try to behave like url(). cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eRegExp; GetToken(true); // copy before we know it's valid (but before ExpectSymbol changes // mToken.mIdent) CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url); if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleNotString); SkipUntil(')'); delete urls; return false; } } else { if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("url-prefix")) { cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eURLPrefix; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("domain")) { cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eDomain; } NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack, "mustn't have pushback at this point"); if (!mScanner->NextURL(mToken) || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_URL) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleNotURI); SkipUntil(')'); delete urls; return false; } // We could try to make the URL (as long as it's not domain()) // canonical and absolute with NS_NewURI and GetSpec, but I'm // inclined to think we shouldn't. CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url); } } while (ExpectSymbol(',', true)); nsRefPtr rule = new css::DocumentRule(); rule->SetURLs(urls); return ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aData); } // Parse a CSS3 namespace rule: "@namespace [prefix] STRING | URL;" bool CSSParserImpl::ParseNameSpaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAtNSPrefixEOF); return false; } nsAutoString prefix; nsAutoString url; if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { prefix = mToken.mIdent; // user-specified identifiers are case-sensitive (bug 416106) } else { UngetToken(); } if (!ParseURLOrString(url) || !ExpectSymbol(';', true)) { if (mHavePushBack) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAtNSUnexpected); } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAtNSURIEOF); } return false; } ProcessNameSpace(prefix, url, aAppendFunc, aData); return true; } void CSSParserImpl::ProcessNameSpace(const nsString& aPrefix, const nsString& aURLSpec, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { nsCOMPtr prefix; if (!aPrefix.IsEmpty()) { prefix = do_GetAtom(aPrefix); if (!prefix) { NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?"); } } nsRefPtr rule = new css::NameSpaceRule(prefix, aURLSpec); (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); // If this was the first namespace rule encountered, it will trigger // creation of a namespace map. if (!mNameSpaceMap) { mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap(); } } // font-face-rule: '@font-face' '{' font-description '}' // font-description: font-descriptor+ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadFontBlockStart); return false; } nsRefPtr rule(new nsCSSFontFaceRule()); for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFontFaceEOF); break; } if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done! UngetToken(); break; } // ignore extra semicolons if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) continue; if (!ParseFontDescriptor(rule)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) break; } } if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadFontBlockEnd); return false; } (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); return true; } // font-descriptor: font-family-desc // | font-style-desc // | font-weight-desc // | font-stretch-desc // | font-src-desc // | unicode-range-desc // // All font-*-desc productions follow the pattern // IDENT ':' value ';' // // On entry to this function, mToken is the IDENT. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontDescriptor(nsCSSFontFaceRule* aRule) { if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFontDescExpected); return false; } nsString descName = mToken.mIdent; if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon); OUTPUT_ERROR(); return false; } nsCSSFontDesc descID = nsCSSProps::LookupFontDesc(descName); nsCSSValue value; if (descID == eCSSFontDesc_UNKNOWN) { if (NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(descName)) { // silently skip other vendors' extensions SkipDeclaration(true); return true; } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownFontDesc, descName); return false; } } if (!ParseFontDescriptorValue(descID, value)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, descName); return false; } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) return false; aRule->SetDesc(descID, value); return true; } // @font-feature-values # { // @ { // : +; // : +; // ... // } // ... // } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValuesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { nsRefPtr valuesRule(new nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule()); // parse family list nsCSSValue familyValue; if (!ParseFamily(familyValue) || familyValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Families) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVNoFamily); return false; } // add family to rule nsAutoString familyList; bool hasGeneric; familyValue.GetStringValue(familyList); valuesRule->SetFamilyList(familyList, hasGeneric); // family list has generic ==> parse error if (hasGeneric) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVGenericInFamilyList); return false; } // open brace if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVBlockStart); return false; } // list of sets of feature values, each set bound to a specific // feature-type (e.g. swash, annotation) for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF); break; } if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done! UngetToken(); break; } if (!ParseFontFeatureValueSet(valuesRule)) { if (!SkipAtRule(false)) { break; } } } if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVUnexpectedBlockEnd); SkipUntil('}'); return false; } (*aAppendFunc)(valuesRule, aData); return true; } #define NUMVALUES_NO_LIMIT 0xFFFF // parse a single value set containing name-value pairs for a single feature type // @ { [ : + ; ]* } // Ex: @swash { flowing: 1; delicate: 2; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValueSet(nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule *aFeatureValuesRule) { // -- @keyword (e.g. swash, styleset) if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword != mToken.mType) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFontFeatureValuesNoAt); OUTPUT_ERROR(); UngetToken(); return false; } // which font-specific variant of font-variant-alternates int32_t whichVariant; nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent); if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN || !nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable, whichVariant)) { if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(mToken.mIdent)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVUnknownFontVariantPropValue); OUTPUT_ERROR(); } UngetToken(); return false; } nsAutoString featureType(mToken.mIdent); // open brace if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVValueSetStart); return false; } // styleset and character-variant can be multi-valued, otherwise single value int32_t limitNumValues; switch (keyword) { case eCSSKeyword_styleset: limitNumValues = NUMVALUES_NO_LIMIT; break; case eCSSKeyword_character_variant: limitNumValues = 2; break; default: limitNumValues = 1; break; } // -- ident integer+ [, ident integer+] nsAutoTArray values; // list of font-feature-values-declaration's for (;;) { nsAutoString valueId; if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF); break; } // ignore extra semicolons if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) { continue; } // close brace ==> done if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { break; } // ident if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVExpectedIdent); if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) { break; } continue; } valueId.Assign(mToken.mIdent); // colon if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) { break; } continue; } // value list nsAutoTArray featureSelectors; nsCSSValue intValue; while (ParseNonNegativeVariant(intValue, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr)) { featureSelectors.AppendElement(uint32_t(intValue.GetIntValue())); } int32_t numValues = featureSelectors.Length(); if (numValues == 0) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVExpectedValue); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) { break; } continue; } if (numValues > limitNumValues) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEFFVTooManyValues, featureType); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) { break; } continue; } if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF); gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList v(valueId, featureSelectors); values.AppendElement(v); break; } // ';' or '}' to end definition if (!mToken.IsSymbol(';') && !mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVValueDefinitionTrailing); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) { break; } continue; } gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList v(valueId, featureSelectors); values.AppendElement(v); if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { break; } } aFeatureValuesRule->AddValueList(whichVariant, values); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEKeyframeNameEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBadName); UngetToken(); return false; } nsString name(mToken.mIdent); if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBrace); return false; } nsRefPtr rule = new nsCSSKeyframesRule(name); while (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) { nsRefPtr kid = ParseKeyframeRule(); if (kid) { rule->AppendStyleRule(kid); } else { OUTPUT_ERROR(); SkipRuleSet(true); } } (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParsePageRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData) { // TODO: There can be page selectors after @page such as ":first", ":left". uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces | eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant; // Forbid viewport units in @page rules. See bug 811391. NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(mViewportUnitsEnabled, "Viewport units should be enabled outside of @page rules."); mViewportUnitsEnabled = false; nsAutoPtr declaration( ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags, eCSSContext_Page)); mViewportUnitsEnabled = true; if (!declaration) { return false; } // Takes ownership of declaration. nsRefPtr rule = new nsCSSPageRule(declaration); (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); return true; } already_AddRefed CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeRule() { InfallibleTArray selectorList; if (!ParseKeyframeSelectorList(selectorList)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEBadSelectorKeyframeRuleIgnored); return nullptr; } // Ignore !important in keyframe rules uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces; nsAutoPtr declaration(ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags)); if (!declaration) { return nullptr; } // Takes ownership of declaration, and steals contents of selectorList. nsRefPtr rule = new nsCSSKeyframeRule(selectorList, declaration); return rule.forget(); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeSelectorList(InfallibleTArray& aSelectorList) { for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { // The first time through the loop, this means we got an empty // list. Otherwise, it means we have a trailing comma. return false; } float value; switch (mToken.mType) { case eCSSToken_Percentage: value = mToken.mNumber; break; case eCSSToken_Ident: if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("from")) { value = 0.0f; break; } if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) { value = 1.0f; break; } // fall through default: UngetToken(); // The first time through the loop, this means we got an empty // list. Otherwise, it means we have a trailing comma. return false; } aSelectorList.AppendElement(value); if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return true; } } } // supports_rule // : "@supports" supports_condition group_rule_body // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData) { bool conditionMet = false; nsString condition; mScanner->StartRecording(); bool parsed = ParseSupportsCondition(conditionMet); if (!parsed) { mScanner->StopRecording(); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsGroupRuleStart); mScanner->StopRecording(); return false; } UngetToken(); mScanner->StopRecording(condition); // Remove the "{" that would follow the condition. if (condition.Length() != 0) { condition.Truncate(condition.Length() - 1); } // Remove spaces from the start and end of the recorded supports condition. condition.Trim(" ", true, true, false); // Record whether we are in a failing @supports, so that property parse // errors don't get reported. nsAutoFailingSupportsRule failing(this, conditionMet); nsRefPtr rule = new CSSSupportsRule(conditionMet, condition); return ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aProcessData); } // supports_condition // : supports_condition_in_parens supports_condition_terms // | supports_condition_negation // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsCondition(bool& aConditionMet) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionStartEOF2); return false; } UngetToken(); mScanner->ClearSeenBadToken(); if (mToken.IsSymbol('(') || mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function || mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL || mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Bad_URL) { return ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet) && ParseSupportsConditionTerms(aConditionMet) && !mScanner->SeenBadToken(); } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) { return ParseSupportsConditionNegation(aConditionMet) && !mScanner->SeenBadToken(); } REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedStart); return false; } // supports_condition_negation // : 'not' S+ supports_condition_in_parens // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionNegation(bool& aConditionMet) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionNotEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedNot); return false; } if (!RequireWhitespace()) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESupportsWhitespaceRequired); return false; } if (ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet)) { aConditionMet = !aConditionMet; return true; } return false; } // supports_condition_in_parens // : '(' S* supports_condition_in_parens_inside_parens ')' S* // | general_enclosed // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionInParens(bool& aConditionMet) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensStartEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) { aConditionMet = false; return true; } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function || mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Bad_URL) { if (!SkipUntil(')')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensEOF); return false; } aConditionMet = false; return true; } if (!mToken.IsSymbol('(')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedOpenParenOrFunction); UngetToken(); return false; } if (!ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(aConditionMet)) { if (!SkipUntil(')')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensEOF); return false; } aConditionMet = false; return true; } if (!(ExpectSymbol(')', true))) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedCloseParen); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } // supports_condition_in_parens_inside_parens // : core_declaration // | supports_condition_negation // | supports_condition_in_parens supports_condition_terms // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(bool& aConditionMet) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) { if (!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) { nsAutoString propertyName = mToken.mIdent; if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) { return false; } if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { UngetToken(); return false; } nsCSSProperty propID = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(propertyName, nsCSSProps::eEnabled); if (propID == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) { aConditionMet = false; SkipUntil(')'); UngetToken(); } else { aConditionMet = ParseProperty(propID) && ParsePriority() != ePriority_Error; if (!aConditionMet) { SkipUntil(')'); UngetToken(); } mTempData.ClearProperty(propID); mTempData.AssertInitialState(); } return true; } UngetToken(); return ParseSupportsConditionNegation(aConditionMet); } UngetToken(); return ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet) && ParseSupportsConditionTerms(aConditionMet); } // supports_condition_terms // : S+ 'and' supports_condition_terms_after_operator('and') // | S+ 'or' supports_condition_terms_after_operator('or') // | // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionTerms(bool& aConditionMet) { if (!RequireWhitespace() || !GetToken(false)) { return true; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) { UngetToken(); return true; } if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("and")) { return ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(aConditionMet, eAnd); } if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("or")) { return ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(aConditionMet, eOr); } UngetToken(); return true; } // supports_condition_terms_after_operator(operator) // : S+ supports_condition_in_parens ( supports_condition_in_parens )* // ; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator( bool& aConditionMet, CSSParserImpl::SupportsConditionTermOperator aOperator) { if (!RequireWhitespace()) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESupportsWhitespaceRequired); return false; } const char* token = aOperator == eAnd ? "and" : "or"; for (;;) { bool termConditionMet = false; if (!ParseSupportsConditionInParens(termConditionMet)) { return false; } aConditionMet = aOperator == eAnd ? aConditionMet && termConditionMet : aConditionMet || termConditionMet; if (!GetToken(true)) { return true; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(token)) { UngetToken(); return true; } } } bool CSSParserImpl::SkipUntil(PRUnichar aStopSymbol) { nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; nsAutoTArray stack; stack.AppendElement(aStopSymbol); for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) { PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol; uint32_t stackTopIndex = stack.Length() - 1; if (symbol == stack.ElementAt(stackTopIndex)) { stack.RemoveElementAt(stackTopIndex); if (stackTopIndex == 0) { return true; } // Just handle out-of-memory by parsing incorrectly. It's // highly unlikely we're dealing with a legitimate style sheet // anyway. } else if ('{' == symbol) { stack.AppendElement('}'); } else if ('[' == symbol) { stack.AppendElement(']'); } else if ('(' == symbol) { stack.AppendElement(')'); } } else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType || eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) { stack.AppendElement(')'); } } } void CSSParserImpl::SkipUntilOneOf(const PRUnichar* aStopSymbolChars) { nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; nsDependentString stopSymbolChars(aStopSymbolChars); for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { break; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) { PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol; if (stopSymbolChars.FindChar(symbol) != -1) { break; } else if ('{' == symbol) { SkipUntil('}'); } else if ('[' == symbol) { SkipUntil(']'); } else if ('(' == symbol) { SkipUntil(')'); } } else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType || eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) { SkipUntil(')'); } } } bool CSSParserImpl::SkipDeclaration(bool aCheckForBraces) { nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { if (aCheckForBraces) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipDeclBraceEOF); } return false; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) { PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol; if (';' == symbol) { break; } if (aCheckForBraces) { if ('}' == symbol) { UngetToken(); break; } } if ('{' == symbol) { SkipUntil('}'); } else if ('(' == symbol) { SkipUntil(')'); } else if ('[' == symbol) { SkipUntil(']'); } } else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType || eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) { SkipUntil(')'); } } return true; } void CSSParserImpl::SkipRuleSet(bool aInsideBraces) { nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipRSBraceEOF); break; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) { PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol; if ('}' == symbol && aInsideBraces) { // leave block closer for higher-level grammar to consume UngetToken(); break; } else if ('{' == symbol) { SkipUntil('}'); break; } else if ('(' == symbol) { SkipUntil(')'); } else if ('[' == symbol) { SkipUntil(']'); } } else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType || eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) { SkipUntil(')'); } } } void CSSParserImpl::PushGroup(css::GroupRule* aRule) { mGroupStack.AppendElement(aRule); } void CSSParserImpl::PopGroup() { uint32_t count = mGroupStack.Length(); if (0 < count) { mGroupStack.RemoveElementAt(count - 1); } } void CSSParserImpl::AppendRule(css::Rule* aRule) { uint32_t count = mGroupStack.Length(); if (0 < count) { mGroupStack[count - 1]->AppendStyleRule(aRule); } else { mSheet->AppendStyleRule(aRule); } } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseRuleSet(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData, bool aInsideBraces) { // First get the list of selectors for the rule nsCSSSelectorList* slist = nullptr; uint32_t linenum, colnum; if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) || !ParseSelectorList(slist, PRUnichar('{'))) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEBadSelectorRSIgnored); OUTPUT_ERROR(); SkipRuleSet(aInsideBraces); return false; } NS_ASSERTION(nullptr != slist, "null selector list"); CLEAR_ERROR(); // Next parse the declaration block uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces | eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant; css::Declaration* declaration = ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags); if (nullptr == declaration) { delete slist; return false; } #if 0 slist->Dump(); fputs("{\n", stdout); declaration->List(); fputs("}\n", stdout); #endif // Translate the selector list and declaration block into style data nsRefPtr rule = new css::StyleRule(slist, declaration); rule->SetLineNumberAndColumnNumber(linenum, colnum); (*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorList(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead, PRUnichar aStopChar) { nsCSSSelectorList* list = nullptr; if (! ParseSelectorGroup(list)) { // must have at least one selector group aListHead = nullptr; return false; } NS_ASSERTION(nullptr != list, "no selector list"); aListHead = list; // After that there must either be a "," or a "{" (the latter if // StopChar is nonzero) nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; for (;;) { if (! GetToken(true)) { if (aStopChar == PRUnichar(0)) { return true; } REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESelectorListExtraEOF); break; } if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) { if (',' == tk->mSymbol) { nsCSSSelectorList* newList = nullptr; // Another selector group must follow if (! ParseSelectorGroup(newList)) { break; } // add new list to the end of the selector list list->mNext = newList; list = newList; continue; } else if (aStopChar == tk->mSymbol && aStopChar != PRUnichar(0)) { UngetToken(); return true; } } REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESelectorListExtra); UngetToken(); break; } delete aListHead; aListHead = nullptr; return false; } static bool IsUniversalSelector(const nsCSSSelector& aSelector) { return bool((aSelector.mNameSpace == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) && (aSelector.mLowercaseTag == nullptr) && (aSelector.mIDList == nullptr) && (aSelector.mClassList == nullptr) && (aSelector.mAttrList == nullptr) && (aSelector.mNegations == nullptr) && (aSelector.mPseudoClassList == nullptr)); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorGroup(nsCSSSelectorList*& aList) { PRUnichar combinator = 0; nsAutoPtr list(new nsCSSSelectorList()); for (;;) { if (!ParseSelector(list, combinator)) { return false; } // Look for a combinator. if (!GetToken(false)) { break; // EOF ok here } combinator = PRUnichar(0); if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Whitespace) { if (!GetToken(true)) { break; // EOF ok here } combinator = PRUnichar(' '); } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Symbol) { UngetToken(); // not a combinator } else { PRUnichar symbol = mToken.mSymbol; if (symbol == '+' || symbol == '>' || symbol == '~') { combinator = mToken.mSymbol; } else { UngetToken(); // not a combinator if (symbol == ',' || symbol == '{' || symbol == ')') { break; // end of selector group } } } if (!combinator) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESelectorListExtra); return false; } } aList = list.forget(); return true; } #define SEL_MASK_NSPACE 0x01 #define SEL_MASK_ELEM 0x02 #define SEL_MASK_ID 0x04 #define SEL_MASK_CLASS 0x08 #define SEL_MASK_ATTRIB 0x10 #define SEL_MASK_PCLASS 0x20 #define SEL_MASK_PELEM 0x40 // // Parses an ID selector #name // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParseIDSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector) { NS_ASSERTION(!mToken.mIdent.IsEmpty(), "Empty mIdent in eCSSToken_ID token?"); aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ID; aSelector.AddID(mToken.mIdent); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parses a class selector .name // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParseClassSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector) { if (! GetToken(false)) { // get ident REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEClassSelEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { // malformed selector REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEClassSelNotIdent); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_CLASS; aSelector.AddClass(mToken.mIdent); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parse a type element selector or a universal selector // namespace|type or namespace|* or *|* or * // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector, bool aIsNegated) { nsAutoString buffer; if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal element selector, or universal namespace if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was namespace aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE; aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_Unknown); // namespace wildcard if (! GetToken(false)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; // don't set tag } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } else { // was universal element selector SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector); aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; // don't set any tag in the selector } if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!) return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; } } else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name or namespace name buffer = mToken.mIdent; // hang on to ident if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was namespace aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE; int32_t nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(buffer); if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) { return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } aSelector.SetNameSpace(nameSpaceID); if (! GetToken(false)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; // don't set tag } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } else { // was element name SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector); aSelector.SetTag(buffer); aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; } if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!) return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; } } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // No namespace aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE; aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_None); // explicit NO namespace // get mandatory tag if (! GetToken(false)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM; // don't set tag } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!) return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; } } else { SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector); } if (aIsNegated) { // restore last token read in case of a negated type selector UngetToken(); } return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parse attribute selectors [attr], [attr=value], [attr|=value], // [attr~=value], [attr^=value], [attr$=value] and [attr*=value] // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParseAttributeSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector) { if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } int32_t nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_None; nsAutoString attr; if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // wildcard namespace nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_Unknown; if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name attr = mToken.mIdent; } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelNoBar); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // NO namespace if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name attr = mToken.mIdent; } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name or namespace attr = mToken.mIdent; // hang on to it if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was a namespace nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(attr); if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) { return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name attr = mToken.mIdent; } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } } else { // malformed REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameOrNamespaceExpected); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelInnerEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if ((eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_Includes == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_Dashmatch == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_Beginsmatch == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_Endsmatch == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_Containsmatch == mToken.mType)) { uint8_t func; if (eCSSToken_Includes == mToken.mType) { func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_INCLUDES; } else if (eCSSToken_Dashmatch == mToken.mType) { func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_DASHMATCH; } else if (eCSSToken_Beginsmatch == mToken.mType) { func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_BEGINSMATCH; } else if (eCSSToken_Endsmatch == mToken.mType) { func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_ENDSMATCH; } else if (eCSSToken_Containsmatch == mToken.mType) { func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_CONTAINSMATCH; } else if (']' == mToken.mSymbol) { aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ATTRIB; aSelector.AddAttribute(nameSpaceID, attr); func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_SET; } else if ('=' == mToken.mSymbol) { func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_EQUALS; } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelUnexpected); UngetToken(); // bad function return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (NS_ATTR_FUNC_SET != func) { // get value if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelValueEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if ((eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_String == mToken.mType)) { nsAutoString value(mToken.mIdent); if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelCloseEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (mToken.IsSymbol(']')) { bool isCaseSensitive = true; // For cases when this style sheet is applied to an HTML // element in an HTML document, and the attribute selector is // for a non-namespaced attribute, then check to see if it's // one of the known attributes whose VALUE is // case-insensitive. if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) { static const char* caseInsensitiveHTMLAttribute[] = { // list based on http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/ "lang", "dir", "http-equiv", "text", "link", "vlink", "alink", "compact", "align", "frame", "rules", "valign", "scope", "axis", "nowrap", "hreflang", "rel", "rev", "charset", "codetype", "declare", "valuetype", "shape", "nohref", "media", "bgcolor", "clear", "color", "face", "noshade", "noresize", "scrolling", "target", "method", "enctype", "accept-charset", "accept", "checked", "multiple", "selected", "disabled", "readonly", "language", "defer", "type", // additional attributes not in HTML4 "direction", // marquee nullptr }; short i = 0; const char* htmlAttr; while ((htmlAttr = caseInsensitiveHTMLAttribute[i++])) { if (attr.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(htmlAttr)) { isCaseSensitive = false; break; } } } aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ATTRIB; aSelector.AddAttribute(nameSpaceID, attr, func, value, isCaseSensitive); } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelNoClose); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelBadValue); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelUnexpected); UngetToken(); // bad dog, no biscut! return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parse pseudo-classes and pseudo-elements // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector, bool aIsNegated, nsIAtom** aPseudoElement, nsAtomList** aPseudoElementArgs, nsCSSPseudoElements::Type* aPseudoElementType) { NS_ASSERTION(aIsNegated || (aPseudoElement && aPseudoElementArgs), "expected location to store pseudo element"); NS_ASSERTION(!aIsNegated || (!aPseudoElement && !aPseudoElementArgs), "negated selectors shouldn't have a place to store " "pseudo elements"); if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoSelEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // First, find out whether we are parsing a CSS3 pseudo-element bool parsingPseudoElement = false; if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { parsingPseudoElement = true; if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoSelEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } // Do some sanity-checking on the token if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType && eCSSToken_Function != mToken.mType) { // malformed selector REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelBadName); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // OK, now we know we have an mIdent. Atomize it. All the atoms, for // pseudo-classes as well as pseudo-elements, start with a single ':'. nsAutoString buffer; buffer.Append(PRUnichar(':')); buffer.Append(mToken.mIdent); nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(buffer); nsCOMPtr pseudo = do_GetAtom(buffer); if (!pseudo) { NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?"); } // stash away some info about this pseudo so we only have to get it once. bool isTreePseudo = false; nsCSSPseudoElements::Type pseudoElementType = nsCSSPseudoElements::GetPseudoType(pseudo); nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type pseudoClassType = nsCSSPseudoClasses::GetPseudoType(pseudo); // We currently allow :-moz-placeholder and ::-moz-placeholder. We have to // be a bit stricter regarding the pseudo-element parsing rules. if (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_mozPlaceholder && pseudoClassType == nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_mozPlaceholder) { if (parsingPseudoElement) { pseudoClassType = nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_NotPseudoClass; } else { pseudoElementType = nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_NotPseudoElement; } } #ifdef MOZ_XUL isTreePseudo = (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_XULTree); // If a tree pseudo-element is using the function syntax, it will // get isTree set here and will pass the check below that only // allows functions if they are in our list of things allowed to be // functions. If it is _not_ using the function syntax, isTree will // be false, and it will still pass that check. So the tree // pseudo-elements are allowed to be either functions or not, as // desired. bool isTree = (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) && isTreePseudo; #endif bool isPseudoElement = (pseudoElementType < nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_PseudoElementCount); // anonymous boxes are only allowed if they're the tree boxes or we have // enabled unsafe rules bool isAnonBox = isTreePseudo || (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_AnonBox && mUnsafeRulesEnabled); bool isPseudoClass = (pseudoClassType != nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_NotPseudoClass); NS_ASSERTION(!isPseudoClass || pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_NotPseudoElement, "Why is this atom both a pseudo-class and a pseudo-element?"); NS_ASSERTION(isPseudoClass + isPseudoElement + isAnonBox <= 1, "Shouldn't be more than one of these"); if (!isPseudoClass && !isPseudoElement && !isAnonBox) { // Not a pseudo-class, not a pseudo-element.... forget it REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelUnknown); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // If it's a function token, it better be on our "ok" list, and if the name // is that of a function pseudo it better be a function token if ((eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) != ( #ifdef MOZ_XUL isTree || #endif nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_notPseudo == pseudoClassType || nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasStringArg(pseudoClassType) || nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasNthPairArg(pseudoClassType) || nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasSelectorListArg(pseudoClassType))) { // There are no other function pseudos REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNonFunc); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // If it starts with "::", it better be a pseudo-element if (parsingPseudoElement && !isPseudoElement && !isAnonBox) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNotPE); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (!parsingPseudoElement && nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_notPseudo == pseudoClassType) { if (aIsNegated) { // :not() can't be itself negated REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelDoubleNot); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // CSS 3 Negation pseudo-class takes one simple selector as argument nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus = ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(aDataMask, aSelector); if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue != parsingStatus) { return parsingStatus; } } else if (!parsingPseudoElement && isPseudoClass) { aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_PCLASS; if (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) { nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus; if (nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasStringArg(pseudoClassType)) { parsingStatus = ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType); } else if (nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasNthPairArg(pseudoClassType)) { parsingStatus = ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType); } else { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasSelectorListArg(pseudoClassType), "unexpected pseudo with function token"); parsingStatus = ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType); } if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue != parsingStatus) { if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) { SkipUntil(')'); } return parsingStatus; } } else { aSelector.AddPseudoClass(pseudoClassType); } } else if (isPseudoElement || isAnonBox) { // Pseudo-element. Make some more sanity checks. if (aIsNegated) { // pseudo-elements can't be negated REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelPEInNot); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // CSS2 pseudo-elements and -moz-tree-* pseudo-elements are allowed // to have a single ':' on them. Others (CSS3+ pseudo-elements and // various -moz-* pseudo-elements) must have |parsingPseudoElement| // set. if (!parsingPseudoElement && !nsCSSPseudoElements::IsCSS2PseudoElement(pseudo) #ifdef MOZ_XUL && !isTreePseudo #endif ) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNewStyleOnly); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (0 == (aDataMask & SEL_MASK_PELEM)) { aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_PELEM; NS_ADDREF(*aPseudoElement = pseudo); *aPseudoElementType = pseudoElementType; #ifdef MOZ_XUL if (isTree) { // We have encountered a pseudoelement of the form // -moz-tree-xxxx(a,b,c). We parse (a,b,c) and add each // item in the list to the pseudoclass list. They will be pulled // from the list later along with the pseudo-element. if (!ParseTreePseudoElement(aPseudoElementArgs)) { return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } #endif // the next *non*whitespace token must be '{' or ',' or EOF if (!GetToken(true)) { // premature eof is ok (here!) return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; } if ((mToken.IsSymbol('{') || mToken.IsSymbol(','))) { UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; } REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelTrailing); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } else { // multiple pseudo elements, not legal REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelMultiplePE); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } #ifdef DEBUG else { // We should never end up here. Indeed, if we ended up here, we know (from // the current if/else cascade) that !isPseudoElement and !isAnonBox. But // then due to our earlier check we know that isPseudoClass. Since we // didn't fall into the isPseudoClass case in this cascade, we must have // parsingPseudoElement. But we've already checked the // parsingPseudoElement && !isPseudoClass && !isAnonBox case and bailed if // it's happened. NS_NOTREACHED("How did this happen?"); } #endif return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parse the argument of a negation pseudo-class :not() // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(int32_t& aDataMask, nsCSSSelector& aSelector) { if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature eof REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PENegationEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (mToken.IsSymbol(')')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationBadArg); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // Create a new nsCSSSelector and add it to the end of // aSelector.mNegations. // Given the current parsing rules, every selector in mNegations // contains only one simple selector (css3 definition) within it. // This could easily change in future versions of CSS, and the only // thing we need to change to support that is this parsing code and the // serialization code for nsCSSSelector. nsCSSSelector *newSel = new nsCSSSelector(); nsCSSSelector* negations = &aSelector; while (negations->mNegations) { negations = negations->mNegations; } negations->mNegations = newSel; nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus; if (eCSSToken_ID == mToken.mType) { // #id parsingStatus = ParseIDSelector(aDataMask, *newSel); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('.')) { // .class parsingStatus = ParseClassSelector(aDataMask, *newSel); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { // :pseudo parsingStatus = ParsePseudoSelector(aDataMask, *newSel, true, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('[')) { // [attribute parsingStatus = ParseAttributeSelector(aDataMask, *newSel); if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) { // Skip forward to the matching ']' SkipUntil(']'); } } else { // then it should be a type element or universal selector parsingStatus = ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(aDataMask, *newSel, true); } if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationBadInner); SkipUntil(')'); return parsingStatus; } // close the parenthesis if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationNoClose); SkipUntil(')'); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } NS_ASSERTION(newSel->mNameSpace == kNameSpaceID_Unknown || (!newSel->mIDList && !newSel->mClassList && !newSel->mPseudoClassList && !newSel->mAttrList), "Need to fix the serialization code to deal with this"); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parse the argument of a pseudo-class that has an ident arg // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector, nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType) { if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature eof REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } // We expect an identifier with a language abbreviation if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotIdent); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } // -moz-locale-dir and -moz-dir can only have values of 'ltr' or 'rtl'. if (aType == nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_mozLocaleDir || aType == nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_dir) { nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent); // case insensitive if (!mToken.mIdent.EqualsLiteral("ltr") && !mToken.mIdent.EqualsLiteral("rtl")) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDirValue); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } } // Add the pseudo with the language parameter aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, mToken.mIdent.get()); // close the parenthesis if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector, nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType) { int32_t numbers[2] = { 0, 0 }; int32_t sign[2] = { 1, 1 }; bool hasSign[2] = { false, false }; bool lookForB = true; // Follow the whitespace rules as proposed in // http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-style/2008Mar/0121.html if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (mToken.IsSymbol('+') || mToken.IsSymbol('-')) { hasSign[0] = true; if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) { sign[0] = -1; } if (! GetToken(false)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType) { // The CSS tokenization doesn't handle :nth-child() containing - well: // 2n-1 is a dimension // n-1 is an identifier // The easiest way to deal with that is to push everything from the // minus on back onto the scanner's pushback buffer. uint32_t truncAt = 0; if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("n-"))) { truncAt = 1; } else if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-n-")) && !hasSign[0]) { truncAt = 2; } if (truncAt != 0) { mScanner->Backup(mToken.mIdent.Length() - truncAt); mToken.mIdent.Truncate(truncAt); } } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("odd") && !hasSign[0]) { numbers[0] = 2; numbers[1] = 1; lookForB = false; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("even") && !hasSign[0]) { numbers[0] = 2; numbers[1] = 0; lookForB = false; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) { numbers[0] = sign[0]; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-n") && !hasSign[0]) { numbers[0] = -1; } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } } else if (eCSSToken_Number == mToken.mType) { if (!mToken.mIntegerValid) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } // for +-an case if (mToken.mHasSign && hasSign[0]) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } int32_t intValue = mToken.mInteger * sign[0]; // for -a/**/n case if (! GetToken(false)) { numbers[1] = intValue; lookForB = false; } else { if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) { numbers[0] = intValue; } else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType && StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("n-"))) { numbers[0] = intValue; mScanner->Backup(mToken.mIdent.Length() - 1); } else { UngetToken(); numbers[1] = intValue; lookForB = false; } } } else if (eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType) { if (!mToken.mIntegerValid || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } // for +-an case if ( mToken.mHasSign && hasSign[0] ) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } numbers[0] = mToken.mInteger * sign[0]; } // XXX If it's a ')', is that valid? (as 0n+0) else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } if (lookForB && !mToken.IsSymbol(')')) { // The '+' or '-' sign can optionally be separated by whitespace. // If it is separated by whitespace from what follows it, it appears // as a separate token rather than part of the number token. if (mToken.IsSymbol('+') || mToken.IsSymbol('-')) { hasSign[1] = true; if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) { sign[1] = -1; } if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } if (eCSSToken_Number != mToken.mType || !mToken.mIntegerValid || mToken.mHasSign == hasSign[1]) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth); UngetToken(); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } numbers[1] = mToken.mInteger * sign[1]; if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; } } if (!mToken.IsSymbol(')')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, numbers); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } // // Parse the argument of a pseudo-class that has a selector list argument. // Such selector lists cannot contain combinators, but can contain // anything that goes between a pair of combinators. // CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector, nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType) { nsAutoPtr slist; if (! ParseSelectorList(*getter_Transfers(slist), PRUnichar(')'))) { return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } // Check that none of the selectors in the list have combinators or // pseudo-elements. for (nsCSSSelectorList *l = slist; l; l = l->mNext) { nsCSSSelector *s = l->mSelectors; if (s->mNext || s->IsPseudoElement()) { return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } } // Add the pseudo with the selector list parameter aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, slist.forget()); // close the parenthesis if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose); return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')') } return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue; } /** * This is the format for selectors: * operator? [[namespace |]? element_name]? [ ID | class | attrib | pseudo ]* */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSelector(nsCSSSelectorList* aList, PRUnichar aPrevCombinator) { if (! GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESelectorEOF); return false; } nsCSSSelector* selector = aList->AddSelector(aPrevCombinator); nsCOMPtr pseudoElement; nsAutoPtr pseudoElementArgs; nsCSSPseudoElements::Type pseudoElementType = nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_NotPseudoElement; int32_t dataMask = 0; nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus = ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(dataMask, *selector, false); while (parsingStatus == eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue) { if (eCSSToken_ID == mToken.mType) { // #id parsingStatus = ParseIDSelector(dataMask, *selector); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('.')) { // .class parsingStatus = ParseClassSelector(dataMask, *selector); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { // :pseudo parsingStatus = ParsePseudoSelector(dataMask, *selector, false, getter_AddRefs(pseudoElement), getter_Transfers(pseudoElementArgs), &pseudoElementType); } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('[')) { // [attribute parsingStatus = ParseAttributeSelector(dataMask, *selector); if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) { SkipUntil(']'); } } else { // not a selector token, we're done parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; UngetToken(); break; } if (parsingStatus != eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue) { break; } if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!) parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done; break; } } if (parsingStatus == eSelectorParsingStatus_Error) { return false; } if (!dataMask) { if (selector->mNext) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESelectorGroupExtraCombinator); } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESelectorGroupNoSelector); } return false; } if (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_AnonBox) { // We got an anonymous box pseudo-element; it must be the only // thing in this selector group. if (selector->mNext || !IsUniversalSelector(*selector)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEAnonBoxNotAlone); return false; } // Rewrite the current selector as this pseudo-element. // It does not contribute to selector weight. selector->mLowercaseTag.swap(pseudoElement); selector->mClassList = pseudoElementArgs.forget(); selector->SetPseudoType(pseudoElementType); return true; } aList->mWeight += selector->CalcWeight(); // Pseudo-elements other than anonymous boxes are represented as // direct children ('>' combinator) of the rest of the selector. if (pseudoElement) { selector = aList->AddSelector('>'); selector->mLowercaseTag.swap(pseudoElement); selector->mClassList = pseudoElementArgs.forget(); selector->SetPseudoType(pseudoElementType); } return true; } css::Declaration* CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclarationBlock(uint32_t aFlags, nsCSSContextType aContext) { bool checkForBraces = (aFlags & eParseDeclaration_InBraces) != 0; if (checkForBraces) { if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclBlockStart); OUTPUT_ERROR(); return nullptr; } } css::Declaration* declaration = new css::Declaration(); mData.AssertInitialState(); if (declaration) { for (;;) { bool changed; if (!ParseDeclaration(declaration, aFlags, true, &changed, aContext)) { if (!SkipDeclaration(checkForBraces)) { break; } if (checkForBraces) { if (ExpectSymbol('}', true)) { break; } } // Since the skipped declaration didn't end the block we parse // the next declaration. } } declaration->CompressFrom(&mData); } return declaration; } // The types to pass to ParseColorComponent. These correspond to the // various datatypes that can go within rgb(). #define COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 #define COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS 1 #define COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES 2 bool CSSParserImpl::ParseColor(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorEOF); return false; } nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; nscolor rgba; switch (tk->mType) { case eCSSToken_ID: case eCSSToken_Hash: // #xxyyzz if (NS_HexToRGB(tk->mIdent, &rgba)) { aValue.SetColorValue(rgba); return true; } break; case eCSSToken_Ident: if (NS_ColorNameToRGB(tk->mIdent, &rgba)) { aValue.SetStringValue(tk->mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident); return true; } else { nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(tk->mIdent); if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) { // known keyword int32_t value; if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kColorKTable, value)) { aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_EnumColor); return true; } } } break; case eCSSToken_Function: if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgb")) { // rgb ( component , component , component ) uint8_t r, g, b; int32_t type = COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN; if (ParseColorComponent(r, type, ',') && ParseColorComponent(g, type, ',') && ParseColorComponent(b, type, ')')) { aValue.SetColorValue(NS_RGB(r,g,b)); return true; } SkipUntil(')'); return false; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgba")) { // rgba ( component , component , component , opacity ) uint8_t r, g, b, a; int32_t type = COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN; if (ParseColorComponent(r, type, ',') && ParseColorComponent(g, type, ',') && ParseColorComponent(b, type, ',') && ParseColorOpacity(a)) { aValue.SetColorValue(NS_RGBA(r, g, b, a)); return true; } SkipUntil(')'); return false; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsl")) { // hsl ( hue , saturation , lightness ) // "hue" is a number, "saturation" and "lightness" are percentages. if (ParseHSLColor(rgba, ')')) { aValue.SetColorValue(rgba); return true; } SkipUntil(')'); return false; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsla")) { // hsla ( hue , saturation , lightness , opacity ) // "hue" is a number, "saturation" and "lightness" are percentages, // "opacity" is a number. uint8_t a; if (ParseHSLColor(rgba, ',') && ParseColorOpacity(a)) { aValue.SetColorValue(NS_RGBA(NS_GET_R(rgba), NS_GET_G(rgba), NS_GET_B(rgba), a)); return true; } SkipUntil(')'); return false; } break; default: break; } // try 'xxyyzz' without '#' prefix for compatibility with IE and Nav4x (bug 23236 and 45804) if (mHashlessColorQuirk) { // - If the string starts with 'a-f', the nsCSSScanner builds the // token as a eCSSToken_Ident and we can parse the string as a // 'xxyyzz' RGB color. // - If it only contains '0-9' digits, the token is a // eCSSToken_Number and it must be converted back to a 6 // characters string to be parsed as a RGB color. // - If it starts with '0-9' and contains any 'a-f', the token is a // eCSSToken_Dimension, the mNumber part must be converted back to // a string and the mIdent part must be appended to that string so // that the resulting string has 6 characters. // Note: This is a hack for Nav compatibility. Do not attempt to // simplify it by hacking into the ncCSSScanner. This would be very // bad. nsAutoString str; char buffer[20]; switch (tk->mType) { case eCSSToken_Ident: str.Assign(tk->mIdent); break; case eCSSToken_Number: if (tk->mIntegerValid) { PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%06d", tk->mInteger); str.AssignWithConversion(buffer); } break; case eCSSToken_Dimension: if (tk->mIdent.Length() <= 6) { PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%06.0f", tk->mNumber); nsAutoString temp; temp.AssignWithConversion(buffer); temp.Right(str, 6 - tk->mIdent.Length()); str.Append(tk->mIdent); } break; default: // There is a whole bunch of cases that are // not handled by this switch. Ignore them. break; } if (NS_HexToRGB(str, &rgba)) { aValue.SetColorValue(rgba); return true; } } // It's not a color REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEColorNotColor); UngetToken(); return false; } // aType will be set if we have already parsed other color components // in this color spec bool CSSParserImpl::ParseColorComponent(uint8_t& aComponent, int32_t& aType, char aStop) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorComponentEOF); return false; } float value; nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; switch (tk->mType) { case eCSSToken_Number: switch (aType) { case COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN: aType = COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS; break; case COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS: break; case COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES: REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent); UngetToken(); return false; default: NS_NOTREACHED("Someone forgot to add the new color component type in here"); } if (!mToken.mIntegerValid) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedInt); UngetToken(); return false; } value = tk->mNumber; break; case eCSSToken_Percentage: switch (aType) { case COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN: aType = COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES; break; case COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS: REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedInt); UngetToken(); return false; case COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES: break; default: NS_NOTREACHED("Someone forgot to add the new color component type in here"); } value = tk->mNumber * 255.0f; break; default: REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEColorBadRGBContents); UngetToken(); return false; } if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) { if (value < 0.0f) value = 0.0f; if (value > 255.0f) value = 255.0f; aComponent = NSToIntRound(value); return true; } REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, aStop); return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseHSLColor(nscolor& aColor, char aStop) { float h, s, l; // Get the hue if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorHueEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumber); UngetToken(); return false; } h = mToken.mNumber; h /= 360.0f; // hue values are wraparound h = h - floor(h); if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma); return false; } // Get the saturation if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorSaturationEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Percentage) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent); UngetToken(); return false; } s = mToken.mNumber; if (s < 0.0f) s = 0.0f; if (s > 1.0f) s = 1.0f; if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma); return false; } // Get the lightness if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorLightnessEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Percentage) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent); UngetToken(); return false; } l = mToken.mNumber; if (l < 0.0f) l = 0.0f; if (l > 1.0f) l = 1.0f; if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) { aColor = NS_HSL2RGB(h, s, l); return true; } REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, aStop); return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseColorOpacity(uint8_t& aOpacity) { if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorOpacityEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumber); UngetToken(); return false; } if (mToken.mNumber < 0.0f) { mToken.mNumber = 0.0f; } else if (mToken.mNumber > 1.0f) { mToken.mNumber = 1.0f; } uint8_t value = nsStyleUtil::FloatToColorComponent(mToken.mNumber); // Need to compare to something slightly larger // than 0.5 due to floating point inaccuracies. NS_ASSERTION(fabs(255.0f*mToken.mNumber - value) <= 0.51f, "FloatToColorComponent did something weird"); if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedCloseParen); return false; } aOpacity = value; return true; } #ifdef MOZ_XUL bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTreePseudoElement(nsAtomList **aPseudoElementArgs) { // The argument to a tree pseudo-element is a sequence of identifiers // that are either space- or comma-separated. (Was the intent to // allow only comma-separated? That's not what was done.) nsCSSSelector fakeSelector; // so we can reuse AddPseudoClass while (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { fakeSelector.AddClass(mToken.mIdent); } else if (!mToken.IsSymbol(',')) { UngetToken(); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } } *aPseudoElementArgs = fakeSelector.mClassList; fakeSelector.mClassList = nullptr; return true; } #endif //---------------------------------------------------------------------- bool CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclaration(css::Declaration* aDeclaration, uint32_t aFlags, bool aMustCallValueAppended, bool* aChanged, nsCSSContextType aContext) { NS_PRECONDITION(aContext == eCSSContext_General || aContext == eCSSContext_Page, "Must be page or general context"); bool checkForBraces = (aFlags & eParseDeclaration_InBraces) != 0; mTempData.AssertInitialState(); // Get property name nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; nsAutoString propertyName; for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { if (checkForBraces) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEDeclEndEOF); } return false; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) { propertyName = tk->mIdent; // grab the ident before the ExpectSymbol trashes the token if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon); REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); return false; } break; } if (tk->IsSymbol(';')) { // dangling semicolons are skipped continue; } if (!tk->IsSymbol('}')) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationDeclExpected); REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) { SkipAtRule(checkForBraces); return true; // Not a declaration, but don’t skip until ';' } } // Not a declaration... UngetToken(); return false; } // Don't report property parse errors if we're inside a failing @supports // rule. nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this, mInFailingSupportsRule); // Map property name to its ID and then parse the property nsCSSProperty propID = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(propertyName, nsCSSProps::eEnabled); if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == propID || (aContext == eCSSContext_Page && !nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(propID, CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_PAGE_RULE))) { // unknown property if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(propertyName)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownProperty, propertyName); REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); } return false; } if (! ParseProperty(propID)) { // XXX Much better to put stuff in the value parsers instead... REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propertyName); REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); mTempData.ClearProperty(propID); mTempData.AssertInitialState(); return false; } CLEAR_ERROR(); // Look for "!important". PriorityParsingStatus status; if ((aFlags & eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant) != 0) { status = ParsePriority(); } else { status = ePriority_None; } // Look for a semicolon or close brace. if (status != ePriority_Error) { if (!GetToken(true)) { // EOF is always ok } else if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) { // semicolon is always ok } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // brace is ok if checkForBraces, but don't eat it UngetToken(); if (!checkForBraces) { status = ePriority_Error; } } else { UngetToken(); status = ePriority_Error; } } if (status == ePriority_Error) { if (checkForBraces) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclOrRuleEnd2); } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclEnd); } REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped); OUTPUT_ERROR(); mTempData.ClearProperty(propID); mTempData.AssertInitialState(); return false; } *aChanged |= mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, propID, status == ePriority_Important, false, aMustCallValueAppended, aDeclaration); return true; } static const nsCSSProperty kBorderTopIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_top_width, eCSSProperty_border_top_style, eCSSProperty_border_top_color }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderRightIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_right_width_value, eCSSProperty_border_right_style_value, eCSSProperty_border_right_color_value, eCSSProperty_border_right_width, eCSSProperty_border_right_style, eCSSProperty_border_right_color }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderBottomIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderLeftIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_left_width_value, eCSSProperty_border_left_style_value, eCSSProperty_border_left_color_value, eCSSProperty_border_left_width, eCSSProperty_border_left_style, eCSSProperty_border_left_color }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderStartIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_start_width_value, eCSSProperty_border_start_style_value, eCSSProperty_border_start_color_value, eCSSProperty_border_start_width, eCSSProperty_border_start_style, eCSSProperty_border_start_color }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderEndIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_end_width_value, eCSSProperty_border_end_style_value, eCSSProperty_border_end_color_value, eCSSProperty_border_end_width, eCSSProperty_border_end_style, eCSSProperty_border_end_color }; static const nsCSSProperty kColumnRuleIDs[] = { eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule_width, eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule_style, eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule_color }; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]) { nsSubstring* ident = NextIdent(); if (nullptr == ident) { return false; } nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(*ident); if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) { int32_t value; if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) { aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); return true; } } // Put the unknown identifier back and return UngetToken(); return false; } struct UnitInfo { char name[6]; // needs to be long enough for the longest unit, with // terminating null. uint32_t length; nsCSSUnit unit; int32_t type; }; #define STR_WITH_LEN(_str) \ _str, sizeof(_str) - 1 const UnitInfo UnitData[] = { { STR_WITH_LEN("px"), eCSSUnit_Pixel, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("em"), eCSSUnit_EM, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("ex"), eCSSUnit_XHeight, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("pt"), eCSSUnit_Point, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("in"), eCSSUnit_Inch, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("cm"), eCSSUnit_Centimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("ch"), eCSSUnit_Char, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("rem"), eCSSUnit_RootEM, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("mm"), eCSSUnit_Millimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("mozmm"), eCSSUnit_PhysicalMillimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("vw"), eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("vh"), eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("vmin"), eCSSUnit_ViewportMin, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("vmax"), eCSSUnit_ViewportMax, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("pc"), eCSSUnit_Pica, VARIANT_LENGTH }, { STR_WITH_LEN("deg"), eCSSUnit_Degree, VARIANT_ANGLE }, { STR_WITH_LEN("grad"), eCSSUnit_Grad, VARIANT_ANGLE }, { STR_WITH_LEN("rad"), eCSSUnit_Radian, VARIANT_ANGLE }, { STR_WITH_LEN("turn"), eCSSUnit_Turn, VARIANT_ANGLE }, { STR_WITH_LEN("hz"), eCSSUnit_Hertz, VARIANT_FREQUENCY }, { STR_WITH_LEN("khz"), eCSSUnit_Kilohertz, VARIANT_FREQUENCY }, { STR_WITH_LEN("s"), eCSSUnit_Seconds, VARIANT_TIME }, { STR_WITH_LEN("ms"), eCSSUnit_Milliseconds, VARIANT_TIME } }; #undef STR_WITH_LEN bool CSSParserImpl::TranslateDimension(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, float aNumber, const nsString& aUnit) { nsCSSUnit units; int32_t type = 0; if (!aUnit.IsEmpty()) { uint32_t i; for (i = 0; i < ArrayLength(UnitData); ++i) { if (aUnit.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(UnitData[i].name, UnitData[i].length)) { units = UnitData[i].unit; type = UnitData[i].type; break; } } if (!mViewportUnitsEnabled && (eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth == units || eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight == units || eCSSUnit_ViewportMin == units || eCSSUnit_ViewportMax == units)) { // Viewport units aren't allowed right now, probably because we're // inside an @page declaration. Fail. return false; } if (i == ArrayLength(UnitData)) { // Unknown unit return false; } } else { // Must be a zero number... NS_ASSERTION(0 == aNumber, "numbers without units must be 0"); if ((VARIANT_LENGTH & aVariantMask) != 0) { units = eCSSUnit_Pixel; type = VARIANT_LENGTH; } else if ((VARIANT_ANGLE & aVariantMask) != 0) { NS_ASSERTION(aVariantMask & VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE, "must have allowed zero angle"); units = eCSSUnit_Degree; type = VARIANT_ANGLE; } else { NS_ERROR("Variant mask does not include dimension; why were we called?"); return false; } } if ((type & aVariantMask) != 0) { aValue.SetFloatValue(aNumber, units); return true; } return false; } // Note that this does include VARIANT_CALC, which is numeric. This is // because calc() parsing, as proposed, drops range restrictions inside // the calc() expression and clamps the result of the calculation to the // range. #define VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC \ VARIANT_KEYWORD | \ VARIANT_COLOR | \ VARIANT_URL | \ VARIANT_STRING | \ VARIANT_COUNTER | \ VARIANT_ATTR | \ VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | \ VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT | \ VARIANT_AUTO | \ VARIANT_INHERIT | \ VARIANT_NONE | \ VARIANT_NORMAL | \ VARIANT_SYSFONT | \ VARIANT_GRADIENT | \ VARIANT_TIMING_FUNCTION | \ VARIANT_ALL | \ VARIANT_CALC | \ VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD // Note that callers passing VARIANT_CALC in aVariantMask will get // full-range parsing inside the calc() expression, and the code that // computes the calc will be required to clamp the resulting value to an // appropriate range. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]) { // The variant mask must only contain non-numeric variants or the ones // that we specifically handle. NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aVariantMask & ~(VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC | VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_PERCENT | VARIANT_INTEGER)) == 0, "need to update code below to handle additional variants"); if (ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable)) { if (eCSSUnit_Number == aValue.GetUnit() || aValue.IsLengthUnit()){ if (aValue.GetFloatValue() < 0) { UngetToken(); return false; } } else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent) { if (aValue.GetPercentValue() < 0) { UngetToken(); return false; } } else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) { if (aValue.GetIntValue() < 0) { UngetToken(); return false; } } return true; } return false; } // Note that callers passing VARIANT_CALC in aVariantMask will get // full-range parsing inside the calc() expression, and the code that // computes the calc will be required to clamp the resulting value to an // appropriate range. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]) { // The variant mask must only contain non-numeric variants or the ones // that we specifically handle. NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aVariantMask & ~(VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC | VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_INTEGER)) == 0, "need to update code below to handle additional variants"); if (ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable)) { if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) { if (aValue.GetIntValue() < 1) { UngetToken(); return false; } } else if (eCSSUnit_Number == aValue.GetUnit()) { if (aValue.GetFloatValue() < 1.0f) { UngetToken(); return false; } } return true; } return false; } // Assigns to aValue iff it returns true. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]) { NS_ASSERTION(!(mHashlessColorQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR)) || !(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER), "can't distinguish colors from numbers"); NS_ASSERTION(!(mHashlessColorQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR)) || !(mUnitlessLengthQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH)), "can't distinguish colors from lengths"); NS_ASSERTION(!(mUnitlessLengthQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH)) || !(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER), "can't distinguish lengths from numbers"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER) || !(aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT), "must not set both VARIANT_IDENTIFIER and " "VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT"); if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_AHK | VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_ALL)) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType)) { nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(tk->mIdent); if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) { // known keyword if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_AUTO) != 0) { if (eCSSKeyword_auto == keyword) { aValue.SetAutoValue(); return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_INHERIT) != 0) { // XXX Should we check IsParsingCompoundProperty, or do all // callers handle it? (Not all callers set it, though, since // they want the quirks that are disabled by setting it.) if (eCSSKeyword_inherit == keyword) { aValue.SetInheritValue(); return true; } else if (eCSSKeyword_initial == keyword) { aValue.SetInitialValue(); return true; } else if (eCSSKeyword_unset == keyword && nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) { aValue.SetUnsetValue(); return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NONE) != 0) { if (eCSSKeyword_none == keyword) { aValue.SetNoneValue(); return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ALL) != 0) { if (eCSSKeyword_all == keyword) { aValue.SetAllValue(); return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NORMAL) != 0) { if (eCSSKeyword_normal == keyword) { aValue.SetNormalValue(); return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_SYSFONT) != 0) { if (eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font == keyword && !IsParsingCompoundProperty()) { aValue.SetSystemFontValue(); return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD) != 0) { static bool sOpentypeSVGEnabled; static bool sOpentypeSVGEnabledCached = false; if (!sOpentypeSVGEnabledCached) { sOpentypeSVGEnabledCached = true; Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sOpentypeSVGEnabled, "gfx.font_rendering.opentype_svg.enabled"); } if (sOpentypeSVGEnabled) { aVariantMask |= VARIANT_KEYWORD; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_KEYWORD) != 0) { int32_t value; if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) { aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); return true; } } } } // Check VARIANT_NUMBER and VARIANT_INTEGER before VARIANT_LENGTH or // VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE. if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) { aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Number); return true; } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType) && tk->mIntegerValid) { aValue.SetIntValue(tk->mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer); return true; } if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_ANGLE | VARIANT_FREQUENCY | VARIANT_TIME)) != 0 && eCSSToken_Dimension == tk->mType) || ((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE)) != 0 && eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType && tk->mNumber == 0.0f)) { if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_POSITIVE_DIMENSION) != 0 && tk->mNumber <= 0.0) || ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION) != 0 && tk->mNumber < 0.0)) { UngetToken(); return false; } if (TranslateDimension(aValue, aVariantMask, tk->mNumber, tk->mIdent)) { return true; } // Put the token back; we didn't parse it, so we shouldn't consume it UngetToken(); return false; } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_PERCENT) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Percentage == tk->mType)) { aValue.SetPercentValue(tk->mNumber); return true; } if (mUnitlessLengthQuirk) { // NONSTANDARD: Nav interprets unitless numbers as px if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) { aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel); return true; } } if (IsSVGMode() && !IsParsingCompoundProperty()) { // STANDARD: SVG Spec states that lengths and coordinates can be unitless // in which case they default to user-units (1 px = 1 user unit) if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) { aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel); return true; } } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_URL) != 0) && eCSSToken_URL == tk->mType) { SetValueToURL(aValue, tk->mIdent); return true; } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_GRADIENT) != 0 && eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) { // a generated gradient nsDependentString tmp(tk->mIdent, 0); bool isLegacy = false; if (StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-moz-"))) { tmp.Rebind(tmp, 5); isLegacy = true; } bool isRepeating = false; if (StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("repeating-"))) { tmp.Rebind(tmp, 10); isRepeating = true; } if (tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear-gradient")) { return ParseLinearGradient(aValue, isRepeating, isLegacy); } if (tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial-gradient")) { return ParseRadialGradient(aValue, isRepeating, isLegacy); } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_IMAGE_RECT) != 0 && eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType && tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-image-rect")) { return ParseImageRect(aValue); } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ELEMENT) != 0 && eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType && tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-element")) { return ParseElement(aValue); } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR) != 0) { if (mHashlessColorQuirk || // NONSTANDARD: Nav interprets 'xxyyzz' values even without '#' prefix (eCSSToken_ID == tk->mType) || (eCSSToken_Hash == tk->mType) || (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) || ((eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) && (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgb") || tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsl") || tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgba") || tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsla")))) { // Put token back so that parse color can get it UngetToken(); if (ParseColor(aValue)) { return true; } return false; } } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_STRING) != 0) && (eCSSToken_String == tk->mType)) { nsAutoString buffer; buffer.Append(tk->mIdent); aValue.SetStringValue(buffer, eCSSUnit_String); return true; } if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT)) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) && ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER) != 0 || !(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit") || tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial") || (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unset") && nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled())))) { aValue.SetStringValue(tk->mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident); return true; } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_COUNTER) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) && (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter") || tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counters"))) { return ParseCounter(aValue); } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ATTR) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) && tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("attr")) { if (!ParseAttr(aValue)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_TIMING_FUNCTION) != 0) && (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType)) { if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cubic-bezier")) { if (!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("steps")) { if (!ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } } if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_CALC) && (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) && (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc") || tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-calc"))) { // calc() currently allows only lengths and percents inside it. return ParseCalc(aValue, aVariantMask & VARIANT_LP); } UngetToken(); return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCounter(nsCSSValue& aValue) { nsCSSUnit unit = (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter") ? eCSSUnit_Counter : eCSSUnit_Counters); // A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs. for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) { break; } if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { UngetToken(); break; } nsRefPtr val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(unit == eCSSUnit_Counter ? 2 : 3); val->Item(0).SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident); if (eCSSUnit_Counters == unit) { // must have a comma and then a separator string if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !GetToken(true)) { break; } if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) { UngetToken(); break; } val->Item(1).SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String); } // get optional type int32_t type = NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_DECIMAL; if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { if (!GetToken(true)) { break; } nsCSSKeyword keyword; if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType || (keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent)) == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN || !nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kListStyleKTable, type)) { UngetToken(); break; } } int32_t typeItem = eCSSUnit_Counters == unit ? 2 : 1; val->Item(typeItem).SetIntValue(type, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { break; } aValue.SetArrayValue(val, unit); return true; } SkipUntil(')'); return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseAttr(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } nsAutoString attr; if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name or namespace nsAutoString holdIdent(mToken.mIdent); if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // namespace int32_t nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(holdIdent); if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) { return false; } attr.AppendInt(nameSpaceID, 10); attr.Append(PRUnichar('|')); if (! GetToken(false)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF); return false; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { attr.Append(mToken.mIdent); } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected); UngetToken(); return false; } } else { // no namespace attr = holdIdent; } } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // namespace wildcard // Wildcard namespace makes no sense here and is not allowed REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected); UngetToken(); return false; } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // explicit NO namespace if (! GetToken(false)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF); return false; } if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { attr.Append(mToken.mIdent); } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected); UngetToken(); return false; } } else { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameOrNamespaceExpected); UngetToken(); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { return false; } aValue.SetStringValue(attr, eCSSUnit_Attr); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::SetValueToURL(nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsString& aURL) { if (!mSheetPrincipal) { NS_NOTREACHED("Codepaths that expect to parse URLs MUST pass in an " "origin principal"); return false; } nsRefPtr buffer(nsCSSValue::BufferFromString(aURL)); // Note: urlVal retains its own reference to |buffer|. mozilla::css::URLValue *urlVal = new mozilla::css::URLValue(buffer, mBaseURI, mSheetURI, mSheetPrincipal); aValue.SetURLValue(urlVal); return true; } /** * Parse the image-orientation property, which has the grammar: * flip? | flip | from-image */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseImageOrientation(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone return true; } // Check for an angle with optional 'flip'. nsCSSValue angle; if (ParseVariant(angle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr)) { nsCSSValue flip; if (ParseVariant(flip, VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kImageOrientationFlipKTable)) { nsRefPtr array = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2); array->Item(0) = angle; array->Item(1) = flip; aValue.SetArrayValue(array, eCSSUnit_Array); } else { aValue = angle; } return true; } // The remaining possibilities (bare 'flip' and 'from-image') are both // keywords, so we can handle them at the same time. nsCSSValue keyword; if (ParseVariant(keyword, VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kImageOrientationKTable)) { aValue = keyword; return true; } // All possibilities failed. return false; } /** * Parse the arguments of -moz-image-rect() function. * -moz-image-rect(, , , , ) */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseImageRect(nsCSSValue& aImage) { // A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs. for (;;) { nsCSSValue newFunction; static const uint32_t kNumArgs = 5; nsCSSValue::Array* func = newFunction.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect, kNumArgs); // func->Item(0) is reserved for the function name. nsCSSValue& url = func->Item(1); nsCSSValue& top = func->Item(2); nsCSSValue& right = func->Item(3); nsCSSValue& bottom = func->Item(4); nsCSSValue& left = func->Item(5); nsAutoString urlString; if (!ParseURLOrString(urlString) || !SetValueToURL(url, urlString) || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { break; } static const int32_t VARIANT_SIDE = VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_PERCENT; if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(top, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) || !ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !ParseNonNegativeVariant(right, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) || !ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !ParseNonNegativeVariant(bottom, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) || !ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !ParseNonNegativeVariant(left, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) break; aImage = newFunction; return true; } SkipUntil(')'); return false; } // : -moz-element(# ) bool CSSParserImpl::ParseElement(nsCSSValue& aValue) { // A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs. for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) break; if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_ID) { aValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Element); } else { UngetToken(); break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) break; return true; } // If we detect a syntax error, we must match the opening parenthesis of the // function with the closing parenthesis and skip all the tokens in between. SkipUntil(')'); return false; } // flex: none | [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ] bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFlex() { // First check for inherit / initial / unset nsCSSValue tmpVal; if (ParseVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, tmpVal); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, tmpVal); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, tmpVal); return true; } // Next, check for 'none' == '0 0 auto' if (ParseVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Auto)); return true; } // OK, try parsing our value as individual per-subproperty components: // [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ] // Each subproperty has a default value that it takes when it's omitted in a // "flex" shorthand value. These default values are *only* for the shorthand // syntax -- they're distinct from the subproperties' own initial values. We // start with each subproperty at its default, as if we had "flex: 1 1 0%". nsCSSValue flexGrow(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number); nsCSSValue flexShrink(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number); nsCSSValue flexBasis(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Percent); // OVERVIEW OF PARSING STRATEGY: // ============================= // a) Parse the first component as either flex-basis or flex-grow. // b) If it wasn't flex-grow, parse the _next_ component as flex-grow. // c) Now we've just parsed flex-grow -- so try parsing the next thing as // flex-shrink. // d) Finally: If we didn't get flex-basis at the beginning, try to parse // it now, at the end. // // More details in each section below. uint32_t flexBasisVariantMask = (nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(eCSSProperty_flex_basis) & ~(VARIANT_INHERIT)); // (a) Parse first component. It can be either be a 'flex-basis' value or a // 'flex-grow' value, so we use the flex-basis-specific variant mask, along // with VARIANT_NUMBER to accept 'flex-grow' values. // // NOTE: if we encounter unitless 0 here, we *must* interpret it as a // 'flex-grow' value (a number), *not* as a 'flex-basis' value (a length). // Conveniently, that's the behavior this combined variant-mask gives us -- // it'll treat unitless 0 as a number. The flexbox spec requires this: // "a unitless zero that is not already preceded by two flex factors must be // interpreted as a flex factor. if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, flexBasisVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER, nsCSSProps::kWidthKTable)) { // First component was not a valid flex-basis or flex-grow value. Fail. return false; } // Record what we just parsed as either flex-basis or flex-grow: bool wasFirstComponentFlexBasis = (tmpVal.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Number); (wasFirstComponentFlexBasis ? flexBasis : flexGrow) = tmpVal; // (b) If we didn't get flex-grow yet, parse _next_ component as flex-grow. bool doneParsing = false; if (wasFirstComponentFlexBasis) { if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) { flexGrow = tmpVal; } else { // Failed to parse anything after our flex-basis -- that's fine. We can // skip the remaining parsing. doneParsing = true; } } if (!doneParsing) { // (c) OK -- the last thing we parsed was flex-grow, so look for a // flex-shrink in the next position. if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) { flexShrink = tmpVal; } // d) Finally: If we didn't get flex-basis at the beginning, try to parse // it now, at the end. // // NOTE: If we encounter unitless 0 in this final position, we'll parse it // as a 'flex-basis' value. That's OK, because we know it must have // been "preceded by 2 flex factors" (justification below), which gets us // out of the spec's requirement of otherwise having to treat unitless 0 // as a flex factor. // // JUSTIFICATION: How do we know that a unitless 0 here must have been // preceded by 2 flex factors? Well, suppose we had a unitless 0 that // was preceded by only 1 flex factor. Then, we would have already // accepted this unitless 0 as the 'flex-shrink' value, up above (since // it's a valid flex-shrink value), and we'd have moved on to the next // token (if any). And of course, if we instead had a unitless 0 preceded // by *no* flex factors (if it were the first token), we would've already // parsed it in our very first call to ParseNonNegativeVariant(). So, any // unitless 0 encountered here *must* have been preceded by 2 flex factors. if (!wasFirstComponentFlexBasis && ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, flexBasisVariantMask, nsCSSProps::kWidthKTable)) { flexBasis = tmpVal; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, flexGrow); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, flexShrink); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, flexBasis); return true; } // : [ | ]? bool CSSParserImpl::ParseColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient) { nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement(); if (!ParseVariant(stop->mColor, VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr)) { return false; } // Stop positions do not have to fall between the starting-point and // ending-point, so we don't use ParseNonNegativeVariant. if (!ParseVariant(stop->mLocation, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { stop->mLocation.SetNoneValue(); } return true; } // // : linear-gradient( ? ')' // | radial-gradient( ? ')' // // : [ to [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] , // | // : [ || ] [ at ]? , // | [ at ] , // | ? ? // : circle | ellipse // : closest-side | closest-corner | farthest-side | farthest-corner // | | [ | ]{2} // // : [ || ] , // // : [ || ] , // : closest-side | closest-corner | farthest-side // | farthest-corner | contain | cover // // : , [, ]* bool CSSParserImpl::ParseLinearGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating, bool aIsLegacy) { nsRefPtr cssGradient = new nsCSSValueGradient(false, aIsRepeating); if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) { // "to" syntax doesn't allow explicit "center" if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false, false)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } // [ to [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] , const nsCSSValue& xValue = cssGradient->mBgPos.mXValue; const nsCSSValue& yValue = cssGradient->mBgPos.mYValue; if (xValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated || !(xValue.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT | NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER | NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT)) || yValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated || !(yValue.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP | NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER | NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM))) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } if (!aIsLegacy) { UngetToken(); // , if (ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr) && !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } nsCSSTokenType ty = mToken.mType; nsString id = mToken.mIdent; UngetToken(); // bool haveGradientLine = IsLegacyGradientLine(ty, id); if (haveGradientLine) { cssGradient->mIsLegacySyntax = true; bool haveAngle = ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr); // if we got an angle, we might now have a comma, ending the gradient-line if (!haveAngle || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) && // if we didn't already get an angle, we might have one now, // otherwise it's an error (haveAngle || !ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr) || // now we better have a comma !ExpectSymbol(',', true))) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } } } return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseRadialGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating, bool aIsLegacy) { nsRefPtr cssGradient = new nsCSSValueGradient(true, aIsRepeating); // [ || ] bool haveShape = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable); bool haveSize = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialSize(), VARIANT_KEYWORD, aIsLegacy ? nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientLegacySizeKTable : nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientSizeKTable); if (haveSize) { if (!haveShape) { // haveShape = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable); } } else if (!aIsLegacy) { // | [ | ]{2} haveSize = ParseNonNegativeVariant(cssGradient->GetRadiusX(), VARIANT_LP, nullptr); if (haveSize) { // vertical extent is optional bool haveYSize = ParseNonNegativeVariant(cssGradient->GetRadiusY(), VARIANT_LP, nullptr); if (!haveShape) { nsCSSValue shapeValue; haveShape = ParseVariant(shapeValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable); } int32_t shape = cssGradient->GetRadialShape().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? cssGradient->GetRadialShape().GetIntValue() : -1; if (haveYSize ? shape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR : cssGradient->GetRadiusX().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent || shape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_ELLIPTICAL) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize = true; } } if ((haveShape || haveSize) && ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { // [ || ] , return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (!aIsLegacy) { if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("at")) { // [ || ]? at , if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false) || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } // only UngetToken(); return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } MOZ_ASSERT(!cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize); nsCSSTokenType ty = mToken.mType; nsString id = mToken.mIdent; UngetToken(); // bool haveGradientLine = false; // if we already encountered a shape or size, // we can not have a gradient-line in legacy syntax if (!haveShape && !haveSize) { haveGradientLine = IsLegacyGradientLine(ty, id); } if (haveGradientLine) { bool haveAngle = ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr); // if we got an angle, we might now have a comma, ending the gradient-line if (!haveAngle || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) && // if we didn't already get an angle, we might have one now, // otherwise it's an error (haveAngle || !ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr) || // now we better have a comma !ExpectSymbol(',', true))) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } } if (cssGradient->mAngle.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_None) { cssGradient->mIsLegacySyntax = true; } } // radial gradients might have a shape and size here for legacy syntax if (!haveShape && !haveSize) { haveShape = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable); haveSize = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialSize(), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientLegacySizeKTable); // could be in either order if (!haveShape) { haveShape = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable); } } if ((haveShape || haveSize) && !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue); } bool CSSParserImpl::IsLegacyGradientLine(const nsCSSTokenType& aType, const nsString& aId) { // N.B. ParseBoxPositionValues is not guaranteed to put back // everything it scanned if it fails, so we must only call it // if there is no alternative to consuming a . // ParseVariant, as used here, will either succeed and consume // a single token, or fail and consume none, so we can be more // cavalier about calling it. bool haveGradientLine = false; switch (aType) { case eCSSToken_Percentage: case eCSSToken_Number: case eCSSToken_Dimension: haveGradientLine = true; break; case eCSSToken_Function: if (aId.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc") || aId.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-calc")) { haveGradientLine = true; break; } // fall through case eCSSToken_ID: case eCSSToken_Hash: // this is a color break; case eCSSToken_Ident: { // This is only a gradient line if it's a box position keyword. nsCSSKeyword kw = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(aId); int32_t junk; if (kw != eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN && nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(kw, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable, junk)) { haveGradientLine = true; } break; } default: // error break; } return haveGradientLine; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient, nsCSSValue& aValue) { // At least two color stops are required if (!ParseColorStop(aGradient) || !ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !ParseColorStop(aGradient)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } // Additional color stops while (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { if (!ParseColorStop(aGradient)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } } if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } aValue.SetGradientValue(aGradient); return true; } int32_t CSSParserImpl::ParseChoice(nsCSSValue aValues[], const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], int32_t aNumIDs) { int32_t found = 0; nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this); int32_t loop; for (loop = 0; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) { // Try each property parser in order int32_t hadFound = found; int32_t index; for (index = 0; index < aNumIDs; index++) { int32_t bit = 1 << index; if ((found & bit) == 0) { if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aValues[index], aPropIDs[index])) { found |= bit; // It's more efficient to break since it will reset |hadFound| // to |found|. Furthermore, ParseListStyle depends on our going // through the properties in order for each value.. break; } } } if (found == hadFound) { // found nothing new break; } } if (0 < found) { if (1 == found) { // only first property if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one inherit, all inherit for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) { aValues[loop].SetInheritValue(); } found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1); } else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one initial, all initial for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) { aValues[loop].SetInitialValue(); } found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1); } else if (eCSSUnit_Unset == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one unset, all unset for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) { aValues[loop].SetUnsetValue(); } found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1); } } else { // more than one value, verify no inherits, initials or unsets for (loop = 0; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) { if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) { found = -1; break; } else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) { found = -1; break; } else if (eCSSUnit_Unset == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) { found = -1; break; } } } } return found; } void CSSParserImpl::AppendValue(nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsCSSValue& aValue) { mTempData.AddLonghandProperty(aPropID, aValue); } /** * Parse a "box" property. Box properties have 1 to 4 values. When less * than 4 values are provided a standard mapping is used to replicate * existing values. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxProperties(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[]) { // Get up to four values for the property int32_t count = 0; nsCSSRect result; NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) { if (! ParseSingleValueProperty(result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]), aPropIDs[index])) { break; } count++; } if ((count == 0) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) { return false; } if (1 < count) { // verify no more than single inherit, initial or unset NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) { nsCSSUnit unit = (result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index])).GetUnit(); if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit || eCSSUnit_Initial == unit || eCSSUnit_Unset == unit) { return false; } } } // Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found switch (count) { case 1: // Make right == top result.mRight = result.mTop; case 2: // Make bottom == top result.mBottom = result.mTop; case 3: // Make left == right result.mLeft = result.mRight; } NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) { AppendValue(aPropIDs[index], result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index])); } return true; } // Similar to ParseBoxProperties, except there is only one property // with the result as its value, not four. Requires values be nonnegative. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseGroupedBoxProperty(int32_t aVariantMask, /** outparam */ nsCSSValue& aValue) { nsCSSRect& result = aValue.SetRectValue(); int32_t count = 0; NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) { if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]), aVariantMask, nullptr)) { break; } count++; } if (count == 0) { return false; } // Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found switch (count) { case 1: // Make right == top result.mRight = result.mTop; case 2: // Make bottom == top result.mBottom = result.mTop; case 3: // Make left == right result.mLeft = result.mRight; } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(nsCSSProperty aProperty, int32_t aSourceType) { const nsCSSProperty* subprops = nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(aProperty); NS_ASSERTION(subprops[3] == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN, "not box property with physical vs. logical cascading"); nsCSSValue value; if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(value, subprops[0]) || !ExpectEndProperty()) return false; AppendValue(subprops[0], value); nsCSSValue typeVal(aSourceType, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); AppendValue(subprops[1], typeVal); AppendValue(subprops[2], typeVal); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadius(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { nsCSSValue dimenX, dimenY; // required first value if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenX, VARIANT_HLP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) return false; // optional second value (forbidden if first value is inherit/initial/unset) if (dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit && dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial && dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset) { ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenY, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr); } if (dimenX == dimenY || dimenY.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) { AppendValue(aPropID, dimenX); } else { nsCSSValue value; value.SetPairValue(dimenX, dimenY); AppendValue(aPropID, value); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadii(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[]) { // Rectangles are used as scratch storage. // top => top-left, right => top-right, // bottom => bottom-right, left => bottom-left. nsCSSRect dimenX, dimenY; int32_t countX = 0, countY = 0; NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) { if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenX.*nsCSSRect::sides[side], (side > 0 ? 0 : VARIANT_INHERIT) | VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) break; countX++; } if (countX == 0) return false; if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) { NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) { if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenY.*nsCSSRect::sides[side], VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) break; countY++; } if (countY == 0) return false; } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) return false; // if 'initial', 'inherit' or 'unset' was used, it must be the only value if (countX > 1 || countY > 0) { nsCSSUnit unit = dimenX.mTop.GetUnit(); if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit || eCSSUnit_Initial == unit || eCSSUnit_Unset == unit) return false; } // if we have no Y-values, use the X-values if (countY == 0) { dimenY = dimenX; countY = countX; } // Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found switch (countX) { case 1: dimenX.mRight = dimenX.mTop; // top-right same as top-left, and case 2: dimenX.mBottom = dimenX.mTop; // bottom-right same as top-left, and case 3: dimenX.mLeft = dimenX.mRight; // bottom-left same as top-right } switch (countY) { case 1: dimenY.mRight = dimenY.mTop; // top-right same as top-left, and case 2: dimenY.mBottom = dimenY.mTop; // bottom-right same as top-left, and case 3: dimenY.mLeft = dimenY.mRight; // bottom-left same as top-right } NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) { nsCSSValue& x = dimenX.*nsCSSRect::sides[side]; nsCSSValue& y = dimenY.*nsCSSRect::sides[side]; if (x == y) { AppendValue(aPropIDs[side], x); } else { nsCSSValue pair; pair.SetPairValue(x, y); AppendValue(aPropIDs[side], pair); } } return true; } // These must be in CSS order (top,right,bottom,left) for indexing to work static const nsCSSProperty kBorderStyleIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_top_style, eCSSProperty_border_right_style_value, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style, eCSSProperty_border_left_style_value }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderWidthIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_top_width, eCSSProperty_border_right_width_value, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width, eCSSProperty_border_left_width_value }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderColorIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_top_color, eCSSProperty_border_right_color_value, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color, eCSSProperty_border_left_color_value }; static const nsCSSProperty kBorderRadiusIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius, eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius }; static const nsCSSProperty kOutlineRadiusIDs[] = { eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topLeft, eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topRight, eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomRight, eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomLeft }; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseProperty(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { // Can't use AutoRestore because it's a bitfield. NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!mHashlessColorQuirk, "hashless color quirk should not be set"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!mUnitlessLengthQuirk, "unitless length quirk should not be set"); if (mNavQuirkMode) { mHashlessColorQuirk = nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_HASHLESS_COLOR_QUIRK); mUnitlessLengthQuirk = nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_UNITLESS_LENGTH_QUIRK); } NS_ASSERTION(aPropID < eCSSProperty_COUNT, "index out of range"); bool result; switch (nsCSSProps::PropertyParseType(aPropID)) { case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_INACCESSIBLE: { // The user can't use these REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEInaccessibleProperty2); result = false; break; } case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_FUNCTION: { result = ParsePropertyByFunction(aPropID); break; } case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_VALUE: { result = false; nsCSSValue value; if (ParseSingleValueProperty(value, aPropID)) { if (ExpectEndProperty()) { AppendValue(aPropID, value); result = true; } // XXX Report errors? } // XXX Report errors? break; } case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_VALUE_LIST: { result = ParseValueList(aPropID); break; } default: { result = false; NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "Property's flags field in nsCSSPropList.h is missing " "one of the CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_* constants"); break; } } if (mNavQuirkMode) { mHashlessColorQuirk = false; mUnitlessLengthQuirk = false; } return result; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParsePropertyByFunction(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { switch (aPropID) { // handle shorthand or multiple properties case eCSSProperty_background: return ParseBackground(); case eCSSProperty_background_repeat: return ParseBackgroundRepeat(); case eCSSProperty_background_position: return ParseBackgroundPosition(); case eCSSProperty_background_size: return ParseBackgroundSize(); case eCSSProperty_border: return ParseBorderSide(kBorderTopIDs, true); case eCSSProperty_border_color: return ParseBorderColor(); case eCSSProperty_border_spacing: return ParseBorderSpacing(); case eCSSProperty_border_style: return ParseBorderStyle(); case eCSSProperty_border_bottom: return ParseBorderSide(kBorderBottomIDs, false); case eCSSProperty_border_end: return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderEndIDs, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_left: return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderLeftIDs, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_right: return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderRightIDs, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_start: return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderStartIDs, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_top: return ParseBorderSide(kBorderTopIDs, false); case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_colors: case eCSSProperty_border_left_colors: case eCSSProperty_border_right_colors: case eCSSProperty_border_top_colors: return ParseBorderColors(aPropID); case eCSSProperty_border_image_slice: return ParseBorderImageSlice(true, nullptr); case eCSSProperty_border_image_width: return ParseBorderImageWidth(true); case eCSSProperty_border_image_outset: return ParseBorderImageOutset(true); case eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat: return ParseBorderImageRepeat(true); case eCSSProperty_border_image: return ParseBorderImage(); case eCSSProperty_border_width: return ParseBorderWidth(); case eCSSProperty_border_end_color: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_end_color, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_left_color: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_left_color, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_right_color: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_right_color, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_start_color: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_start_color, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_end_width: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_end_width, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_left_width: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_left_width, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_right_width: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_right_width, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_start_width: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_start_width, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_end_style: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_end_style, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_left_style: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_left_style, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_right_style: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_right_style, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_start_style: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_start_style, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_border_radius: return ParseBoxCornerRadii(kBorderRadiusIDs); case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius: return ParseBoxCornerRadii(kOutlineRadiusIDs); case eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius: case eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius: case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius: case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius: case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topLeft: case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topRight: case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomRight: case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomLeft: return ParseBoxCornerRadius(aPropID); case eCSSProperty_box_shadow: case eCSSProperty_text_shadow: return ParseShadowList(aPropID); case eCSSProperty_clip: return ParseRect(eCSSProperty_clip); case eCSSProperty__moz_columns: return ParseColumns(); case eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule: return ParseBorderSide(kColumnRuleIDs, false); case eCSSProperty_content: return ParseContent(); case eCSSProperty_counter_increment: case eCSSProperty_counter_reset: return ParseCounterData(aPropID); case eCSSProperty_cursor: return ParseCursor(); case eCSSProperty_filter: return ParseFilter(); case eCSSProperty_flex: return ParseFlex(); case eCSSProperty_font: return ParseFont(); case eCSSProperty_image_region: return ParseRect(eCSSProperty_image_region); case eCSSProperty_list_style: return ParseListStyle(); case eCSSProperty_margin: return ParseMargin(); case eCSSProperty_margin_end: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_end, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_margin_left: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_left, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_margin_right: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_right, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_margin_start: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_start, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_outline: return ParseOutline(); case eCSSProperty_overflow: return ParseOverflow(); case eCSSProperty_padding: return ParsePadding(); case eCSSProperty_padding_end: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_end, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_padding_left: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_left, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_padding_right: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_right, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL); case eCSSProperty_padding_start: return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_start, NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL); case eCSSProperty_quotes: return ParseQuotes(); case eCSSProperty_size: return ParseSize(); case eCSSProperty_text_decoration: return ParseTextDecoration(); case eCSSProperty_transform: return ParseTransform(false); case eCSSProperty__moz_transform: return ParseTransform(true); case eCSSProperty_transform_origin: return ParseTransformOrigin(false); case eCSSProperty_perspective_origin: return ParseTransformOrigin(true); case eCSSProperty_transition: return ParseTransition(); case eCSSProperty_animation: return ParseAnimation(); case eCSSProperty_transition_property: return ParseTransitionProperty(); case eCSSProperty_fill: case eCSSProperty_stroke: return ParsePaint(aPropID); case eCSSProperty_stroke_dasharray: return ParseDasharray(); case eCSSProperty_marker: return ParseMarker(); case eCSSProperty_paint_order: return ParsePaintOrder(); case eCSSProperty_all: return ParseAll(); default: NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "should not be called"); return false; } } // Bits used in determining which background position info we have #define BG_CENTER NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER #define BG_TOP NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP #define BG_BOTTOM NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM #define BG_LEFT NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT #define BG_RIGHT NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT #define BG_CTB (BG_CENTER | BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) #define BG_TB (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) #define BG_CLR (BG_CENTER | BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) #define BG_LR (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleValueProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue, nsCSSProperty aPropID) { if (aPropID == eCSSPropertyExtra_x_none_value) { return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr); } if (aPropID == eCSSPropertyExtra_x_auto_value) { return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr); } if (aPropID < 0 || aPropID >= eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "not a single value property"); return false; } if (nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_PARSER_FUNCTION)) { switch (aPropID) { case eCSSProperty_font_family: return ParseFamily(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_synthesis: return ParseFontSynthesis(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates: return ParseFontVariantAlternates(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian: return ParseFontVariantEastAsian(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures: return ParseFontVariantLigatures(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric: return ParseFontVariantNumeric(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings: return ParseFontFeatureSettings(aValue); case eCSSProperty_font_weight: return ParseFontWeight(aValue); case eCSSProperty_image_orientation: return ParseImageOrientation(aValue); case eCSSProperty_marks: return ParseMarks(aValue); case eCSSProperty_text_align: return ParseTextAlign(aValue); case eCSSProperty_text_align_last: return ParseTextAlignLast(aValue); case eCSSProperty_text_decoration_line: return ParseTextDecorationLine(aValue); case eCSSProperty_text_combine_horizontal: return ParseTextCombineHorizontal(aValue); case eCSSProperty_text_overflow: return ParseTextOverflow(aValue); default: NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "should not reach here"); return false; } } uint32_t variant = nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(aPropID); if (variant == 0) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "not a single value property"); return false; } // We only allow 'script-level' when unsafe rules are enabled, because // otherwise it could interfere with rulenode optimizations if used in // a non-MathML-enabled document. if (aPropID == eCSSProperty_script_level && !mUnsafeRulesEnabled) return false; const int32_t *kwtable = nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[aPropID]; switch (nsCSSProps::ValueRestrictions(aPropID)) { default: NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "should not be reached"); case 0: return ParseVariant(aValue, variant, kwtable); case CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_NONNEGATIVE: return ParseNonNegativeVariant(aValue, variant, kwtable); case CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_AT_LEAST_ONE: return ParseOneOrLargerVariant(aValue, variant, kwtable); } } // nsFont::EnumerateFamilies callback for ParseFontDescriptorValue struct MOZ_STACK_CLASS ExtractFirstFamilyData { nsAutoString mFamilyName; bool mGood; ExtractFirstFamilyData() : mFamilyName(), mGood(false) {} }; static bool ExtractFirstFamily(const nsString& aFamily, bool aGeneric, void* aData) { ExtractFirstFamilyData* realData = (ExtractFirstFamilyData*) aData; if (aGeneric || realData->mFamilyName.Length() > 0) { realData->mGood = false; return false; } realData->mFamilyName.Assign(aFamily); realData->mGood = true; return true; } // font-descriptor: descriptor ':' value ';' // caller has advanced mToken to point at the descriptor bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontDescriptorValue(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID, nsCSSValue& aValue) { switch (aDescID) { // These four are similar to the properties of the same name, // possibly with more restrictions on the values they can take. case eCSSFontDesc_Family: { if (!ParseFamily(aValue) || aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Families) return false; // the style parameters to the nsFont constructor are ignored, // because it's only being used to call EnumerateFamilies nsAutoString valueStr; aValue.GetStringValue(valueStr); nsFont font(valueStr, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); ExtractFirstFamilyData dat; font.EnumerateFamilies(ExtractFirstFamily, (void*) &dat); if (!dat.mGood) return false; aValue.SetStringValue(dat.mFamilyName, eCSSUnit_String); return true; } case eCSSFontDesc_Style: // property is VARIANT_HMK|VARIANT_SYSFONT return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_NORMAL, nsCSSProps::kFontStyleKTable); case eCSSFontDesc_Weight: return (ParseFontWeight(aValue) && aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit && aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial && aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset && (aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated || (aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER && aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER))); case eCSSFontDesc_Stretch: // property is VARIANT_HK|VARIANT_SYSFONT return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kFontStretchKTable); // These two are unique to @font-face and have their own special grammar. case eCSSFontDesc_Src: return ParseFontSrc(aValue); case eCSSFontDesc_UnicodeRange: return ParseFontRanges(aValue); case eCSSFontDesc_FontFeatureSettings: return ParseFontFeatureSettings(aValue); case eCSSFontDesc_FontLanguageOverride: return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_STRING, nullptr); case eCSSFontDesc_UNKNOWN: case eCSSFontDesc_COUNT: NS_NOTREACHED("bad nsCSSFontDesc code"); } // explicitly do NOT have a default case to let the compiler // help find missing descriptors return false; } void CSSParserImpl::InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(const nsCSSProperty *aSourceProperties) { nsCSSValue physical(NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); for (const nsCSSProperty *prop = aSourceProperties; *prop != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN; ++prop) { AppendValue(*prop, physical); } } static nsCSSValue BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(int32_t aMask, bool isX) { int32_t val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER; if (isX) { if (aMask & BG_LEFT) { val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT; } else if (aMask & BG_RIGHT) { val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT; } } else { if (aMask & BG_TOP) { val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP; } else if (aMask & BG_BOTTOM) { val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM; } } return nsCSSValue(val, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackground() { nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this); // background-color can only be set once, so it's not a list. nsCSSValue color; // Check first for inherit/initial/unset. if (ParseVariant(color, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // must be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } for (const nsCSSProperty* subprops = nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(eCSSProperty_background); *subprops != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN; ++subprops) { AppendValue(*subprops, color); } return true; } nsCSSValue image, repeat, attachment, clip, origin, position, size; BackgroundParseState state(color, image.SetListValue(), repeat.SetPairListValue(), attachment.SetListValue(), clip.SetListValue(), origin.SetListValue(), position.SetListValue(), size.SetPairListValue()); for (;;) { if (!ParseBackgroundItem(state)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } // If we saw a color, this must be the last item. if (color.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue); return false; } // Otherwise, a comma is mandatory. if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } // Chain another entry on all the lists. state.mImage->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; state.mImage = state.mImage->mNext; state.mRepeat->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; state.mRepeat = state.mRepeat->mNext; state.mAttachment->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; state.mAttachment = state.mAttachment->mNext; state.mClip->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; state.mClip = state.mClip->mNext; state.mOrigin->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; state.mOrigin = state.mOrigin->mNext; state.mPosition->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; state.mPosition = state.mPosition->mNext; state.mSize->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; state.mSize = state.mSize->mNext; } // If we get to this point without seeing a color, provide a default. if (color.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) { color.SetColorValue(NS_RGBA(0,0,0,0)); } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_image, image); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_repeat, repeat); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_attachment, attachment); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_clip, clip); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_origin, origin); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_position, position); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_size, size); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_color, color); return true; } // Parse one item of the background shorthand property. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundItem(CSSParserImpl::BackgroundParseState& aState) { // Fill in the values that the shorthand will set if we don't find // other values. aState.mImage->mValue.SetNoneValue(); aState.mRepeat->mXValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); aState.mRepeat->mYValue.Reset(); aState.mAttachment->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_ATTACHMENT_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); aState.mClip->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); aState.mOrigin->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); nsRefPtr positionArr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4); aState.mPosition->mValue.SetArrayValue(positionArr, eCSSUnit_Array); positionArr->Item(1).SetPercentValue(0.0f); positionArr->Item(3).SetPercentValue(0.0f); aState.mSize->mXValue.SetAutoValue(); aState.mSize->mYValue.SetAutoValue(); bool haveColor = false, haveImage = false, haveRepeat = false, haveAttach = false, havePositionAndSize = false, haveOrigin = false, haveSomething = false; while (GetToken(true)) { nsCSSTokenType tt = mToken.mType; UngetToken(); // ...but we'll still cheat and use mToken if (tt == eCSSToken_Symbol) { // ExpectEndProperty only looks for symbols, and nothing else will // show up as one. break; } if (tt == eCSSToken_Ident) { nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent); int32_t dummy; if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_inherit || keyword == eCSSKeyword_initial || keyword == eCSSKeyword_unset) { return false; } else if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_none) { if (haveImage) return false; haveImage = true; if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mImage->mValue, eCSSProperty_background_image)) { NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse"); return false; } } else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundAttachmentKTable, dummy)) { if (haveAttach) return false; haveAttach = true; if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mAttachment->mValue, eCSSProperty_background_attachment)) { NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse"); return false; } } else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundRepeatKTable, dummy)) { if (haveRepeat) return false; haveRepeat = true; nsCSSValuePair scratch; if (!ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(scratch)) { NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse"); return false; } aState.mRepeat->mXValue = scratch.mXValue; aState.mRepeat->mYValue = scratch.mYValue; } else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable, dummy)) { if (havePositionAndSize) return false; havePositionAndSize = true; if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(aState.mPosition->mValue, false)) { return false; } if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) { nsCSSValuePair scratch; if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(scratch)) { return false; } aState.mSize->mXValue = scratch.mXValue; aState.mSize->mYValue = scratch.mYValue; } } else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundOriginKTable, dummy)) { if (haveOrigin) return false; haveOrigin = true; if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mOrigin->mValue, eCSSProperty_background_origin)) { NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse"); return false; } // The spec allows a second box value (for background-clip), // immediately following the first one (for background-origin). // 'background-clip' and 'background-origin' use the same keyword table MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[ eCSSProperty_background_origin] == nsCSSProps::kBackgroundOriginKTable); MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[ eCSSProperty_background_clip] == nsCSSProps::kBackgroundOriginKTable); static_assert(NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER == NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_BORDER && NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_PADDING == NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING && NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_CONTENT == NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_CONTENT, "bg-clip and bg-origin style constants must agree"); if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mClip->mValue, eCSSProperty_background_clip)) { // When exactly one value is set, it is used for both // 'background-origin' and 'background-clip'. // See assertions above showing these values are compatible. aState.mClip->mValue = aState.mOrigin->mValue; } } else { if (haveColor) return false; haveColor = true; if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mColor, eCSSProperty_background_color)) { return false; } } } else if (tt == eCSSToken_URL || (tt == eCSSToken_Function && (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeating-linear-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeating-radial-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-linear-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-radial-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-repeating-linear-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-repeating-radial-gradient") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-image-rect") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-element")))) { if (haveImage) return false; haveImage = true; if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mImage->mValue, eCSSProperty_background_image)) { return false; } } else if (tt == eCSSToken_Dimension || tt == eCSSToken_Number || tt == eCSSToken_Percentage || (tt == eCSSToken_Function && (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc") || mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-calc")))) { if (havePositionAndSize) return false; havePositionAndSize = true; if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(aState.mPosition->mValue, false)) { return false; } if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) { nsCSSValuePair scratch; if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(scratch)) { return false; } aState.mSize->mXValue = scratch.mXValue; aState.mSize->mYValue = scratch.mYValue; } } else { if (haveColor) return false; haveColor = true; // Note: This parses 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset', but // we've already checked for them, so it's ok. if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mColor, eCSSProperty_background_color)) { return false; } } haveSomething = true; } return haveSomething; } // This function is very similar to ParseBackgroundPosition and // ParseBackgroundSize. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseValueList(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { // aPropID is a single value prop-id nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted. if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList* item = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(item->mValue, aPropID)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; item = item->mNext; } } AppendValue(aPropID, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundRepeat() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted. if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValuePair valuePair; if (!ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(valuePair)) { return false; } nsCSSValuePairList* item = value.SetPairListValue(); for (;;) { item->mXValue = valuePair.mXValue; item->mYValue = valuePair.mYValue; if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } if (!ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(valuePair)) { return false; } item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; item = item->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_repeat, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(nsCSSValuePair& aValue) { nsCSSValue& xValue = aValue.mXValue; nsCSSValue& yValue = aValue.mYValue; if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundRepeatKTable)) { int32_t value = xValue.GetIntValue(); // For single values set yValue as eCSSUnit_Null. if (value == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT_X || value == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT_Y || !ParseEnum(yValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundRepeatPartKTable)) { // the caller will fail cases like "repeat-x no-repeat" // by expecting a list separator or an end property. yValue.Reset(); } return true; } return false; } // This function is very similar to ParseBackgroundList and ParseBackgroundSize. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundPosition() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted. if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValue itemValue; if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(itemValue, false)) { return false; } nsCSSValueList* item = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { item->mValue = itemValue; if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(itemValue, false)) { return false; } item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; item = item->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_position, value); return true; } /** * BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue and ParseBoxPositionValues are used * for parsing the CSS 2.1 background-position syntax (which has at * most two values). (Compare to the css3-background syntax which * takes up to four values.) Some current CSS specifications that * use background-position-like syntax still use this old syntax. ** * Parses two values that correspond to positions in a box. These can be * values corresponding to percentages of the box, raw offsets, or keywords * like "top," "left center," etc. * * @param aOut The nsCSSValuePair in which to place the result. * @param aAcceptsInherit If true, 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' are * legal values * @param aAllowExplicitCenter If true, 'center' is a legal value * @return Whether or not the operation succeeded. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxPositionValues(nsCSSValuePair &aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit, bool aAllowExplicitCenter) { // First try a percentage or a length value nsCSSValue &xValue = aOut.mXValue, &yValue = aOut.mYValue; int32_t variantMask = (aAcceptsInherit ? VARIANT_INHERIT : 0) | VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC; if (ParseVariant(xValue, variantMask, nullptr)) { if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Initial == xValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Unset == xValue.GetUnit()) { // both are inherit, initial or unset yValue = xValue; return true; } // We have one percentage/length/calc. Get the optional second // percentage/length/calc/keyword. if (ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { // We have two numbers return true; } if (ParseEnum(yValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) { int32_t yVal = yValue.GetIntValue(); if (!(yVal & BG_CTB)) { // The second keyword can only be 'center', 'top', or 'bottom' return false; } yValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(yVal, false); return true; } // If only one percentage or length value is given, it sets the // horizontal position only, and the vertical position will be 50%. yValue.SetPercentValue(0.5f); return true; } // Now try keywords. We do this manually to allow for the first // appearance of "center" to apply to the either the x or y // position (it's ambiguous so we have to disambiguate). Each // allowed keyword value is assigned it's own bit. We don't allow // any duplicate keywords other than center. We try to get two // keywords but it's okay if there is only one. int32_t mask = 0; if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) { int32_t bit = xValue.GetIntValue(); mask |= bit; if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) { bit = xValue.GetIntValue(); if (mask & (bit & ~BG_CENTER)) { // Only the 'center' keyword can be duplicated. return false; } mask |= bit; } else { // Only one keyword. See if we have a length, percentage, or calc. if (ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { if (!(mask & BG_CLR)) { // The first keyword can only be 'center', 'left', or 'right' return false; } xValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, true); return true; } } } // Check for bad input. Bad input consists of no matching keywords, // or pairs of x keywords or pairs of y keywords. if ((mask == 0) || (mask == (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)) || (mask == (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)) || (!aAllowExplicitCenter && (mask & BG_CENTER))) { return false; } // Create style values xValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, true); yValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, false); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundPositionValues(nsCSSValue& aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit) { // css3-background allows positions to be defined as offsets // from an edge. There can be 2 keywords and 2 offsets given. These // four 'values' are stored in an array in the following order: // [keyword offset keyword offset]. If a keyword or offset isn't // parsed the value of the corresponding array element is set // to eCSSUnit_Null by a call to nsCSSValue::Reset(). if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(aOut, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { return true; } nsRefPtr value = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4); aOut.SetArrayValue(value, eCSSUnit_Array); // The following clarifies organisation of the array. nsCSSValue &xEdge = value->Item(0), &xOffset = value->Item(1), &yEdge = value->Item(2), &yOffset = value->Item(3); // Parse all the values into the array. uint32_t valueCount = 0; for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) { if (!ParseVariant(value->Item(i), VARIANT_LPCALC | VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) { break; } ++valueCount; } switch (valueCount) { case 4: // "If three or four values are given, then each or // represents an offset and must be preceded by a keyword, which specifies // from which edge the offset is given." if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xEdge.GetUnit() || BG_CENTER == xEdge.GetIntValue() || eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xOffset.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yEdge.GetUnit() || BG_CENTER == yEdge.GetIntValue() || eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yOffset.GetUnit()) { return false; } break; case 3: // "If three or four values are given, then each or // represents an offset and must be preceded by a keyword, which specifies // from which edge the offset is given." ... "If three values are given, // the missing offset is assumed to be zero." if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(1).GetUnit()) { // keyword offset keyword // Second value is non-keyword, thus first value must be a non-center // keyword. if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(0).GetUnit() || BG_CENTER == value->Item(0).GetIntValue()) { return false; } // Remaining value must be a keyword. if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(2).GetUnit()) { return false; } yOffset.Reset(); // Everything else is in the correct position. } else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(2).GetUnit()) { // keyword keyword offset // Third value is non-keyword, thus second value must be non-center // keyword. if (BG_CENTER == value->Item(1).GetIntValue()) { return false; } // Remaining value must be a keyword. if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(0).GetUnit()) { return false; } // Move the values to the correct position in the array. value->Item(3) = value->Item(2); // yOffset value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // yEdge value->Item(1).Reset(); // xOffset } else { return false; } break; case 2: // "If two values are given and at least one value is not a keyword, then // the first value represents the horizontal position (or offset) and the // second represents the vertical position (or offset)" if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(0).GetUnit()) { if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(1).GetUnit()) { // keyword keyword value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // move yEdge to correct position xOffset.Reset(); yOffset.Reset(); } else { // keyword offset // First value must represent horizontal position. if ((BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) & value->Item(0).GetIntValue()) { return false; } value->Item(3) = value->Item(1); // move yOffset to correct position xOffset.Reset(); yEdge.Reset(); } } else { if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(1).GetUnit()) { // offset keyword // Second value must represent vertical position. if ((BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) & value->Item(1).GetIntValue()) { return false; } value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // move yEdge to correct position value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position xEdge.Reset(); yOffset.Reset(); } else { // offset offset value->Item(3) = value->Item(1); // move yOffset to correct position value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position xEdge.Reset(); yEdge.Reset(); } } break; case 1: // "If only one value is specified, the second value is assumed to be // center." if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(0).GetUnit()) { xOffset.Reset(); } else { value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position xEdge.Reset(); } yEdge.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); yOffset.Reset(); break; default: return false; } // For compatibility with CSS2.1 code the edges can be unspecified. // Unspecified edges are recorded as nullptr. NS_ASSERTION((eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xEdge.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Null == xEdge.GetUnit()) && (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yEdge.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Null == yEdge.GetUnit()) && eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xOffset.GetUnit() && eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yOffset.GetUnit(), "Unexpected units"); // Keywords in first and second pairs can not both be vertical or // horizontal keywords. (eg. left right, bottom top). Additionally, // non-center keyword can not be duplicated (eg. left left). int32_t xEdgeEnum = xEdge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? xEdge.GetIntValue() : 0; int32_t yEdgeEnum = yEdge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? yEdge.GetIntValue() : 0; if ((xEdgeEnum | yEdgeEnum) == (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) || (xEdgeEnum | yEdgeEnum) == (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) || (xEdgeEnum & yEdgeEnum & ~BG_CENTER)) { return false; } // The values could be in an order that is different than expected. // eg. x contains vertical information, y contains horizontal information. // Swap if incorrect order. if (xEdgeEnum & (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) || yEdgeEnum & (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)) { nsCSSValue swapEdge = xEdge; nsCSSValue swapOffset = xOffset; xEdge = yEdge; xOffset = yOffset; yEdge = swapEdge; yOffset = swapOffset; } return true; } // This function is very similar to ParseBackgroundList and // ParseBackgroundPosition. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundSize() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' stand alone, no list permitted. if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValuePair valuePair; if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(valuePair)) { return false; } nsCSSValuePairList* item = value.SetPairListValue(); for (;;) { item->mXValue = valuePair.mXValue; item->mYValue = valuePair.mYValue; if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(valuePair)) { return false; } item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; item = item->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_size, value); return true; } /** * Parses two values that correspond to lengths for the background-size * property. These can be one or two lengths (or the 'auto' keyword) or * percentages corresponding to the element's dimensions or the single keywords * 'contain' or 'cover'. 'initial', 'inherit' and 'unset' must be handled by * the caller if desired. * * @param aOut The nsCSSValuePair in which to place the result. * @return Whether or not the operation succeeded. */ #define BG_SIZE_VARIANT (VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_CALC) bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundSizeValues(nsCSSValuePair &aOut) { // First try a percentage or a length value nsCSSValue &xValue = aOut.mXValue, &yValue = aOut.mYValue; if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(xValue, BG_SIZE_VARIANT, nullptr)) { // We have one percentage/length/calc/auto. Get the optional second // percentage/length/calc/keyword. if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(yValue, BG_SIZE_VARIANT, nullptr)) { // We have a second percentage/length/calc/auto. return true; } // If only one percentage or length value is given, it sets the // horizontal size only, and the vertical size will be as if by 'auto'. yValue.SetAutoValue(); return true; } // Now address 'contain' and 'cover'. if (!ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundSizeKTable)) return false; yValue.Reset(); return true; } #undef BG_SIZE_VARIANT bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderColor() { static const nsCSSProperty kBorderColorSources[] = { eCSSProperty_border_left_color_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_color_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_color_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_color_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN }; // do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderColorSources); return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderColorIDs); } void CSSParserImpl::SetBorderImageInitialValues() { // border-image-source: none nsCSSValue source; source.SetNoneValue(); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, source); // border-image-slice: 100% nsCSSValue sliceBoxValue; nsCSSRect& sliceBox = sliceBoxValue.SetRectValue(); sliceBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Percent)); nsCSSValue slice; nsCSSValueList* sliceList = slice.SetListValue(); sliceList->mValue = sliceBoxValue; AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, slice); // border-image-width: 1 nsCSSValue width; nsCSSRect& widthBox = width.SetRectValue(); widthBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, width); // border-image-outset: 0 nsCSSValue outset; nsCSSRect& outsetBox = outset.SetRectValue(); outsetBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, outset); // border-image-repeat: repeat nsCSSValue repeat; nsCSSValuePair repeatPair; repeatPair.SetBothValuesTo(nsCSSValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH, eCSSUnit_Enumerated)); repeat.SetPairValue(&repeatPair); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, repeat); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageSlice(bool aAcceptsInherit, bool* aConsumedTokens) { // border-image-slice: initial | [|]{1,4} && fill? nsCSSValue value; if (aConsumedTokens) { *aConsumedTokens = true; } if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we // are done. AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value); return true; } // Try parsing "fill" value. nsCSSValue imageSliceFillValue; bool hasFill = ParseEnum(imageSliceFillValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageSliceKTable); // Parse the box dimensions. nsCSSValue imageSliceBoxValue; if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_PN, imageSliceBoxValue)) { if (!hasFill && aConsumedTokens) { *aConsumedTokens = false; } return false; } // Try parsing "fill" keyword again if the first time failed because keyword // and slice dimensions can be in any order. if (!hasFill) { hasFill = ParseEnum(imageSliceFillValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageSliceKTable); } nsCSSValueList* borderImageSlice = value.SetListValue(); // Put the box value into the list. borderImageSlice->mValue = imageSliceBoxValue; if (hasFill) { // Put the "fill" value into the list. borderImageSlice->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; borderImageSlice->mNext->mValue = imageSliceFillValue; } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageWidth(bool aAcceptsInherit) { // border-image-width: initial | [|||auto]{1,4} nsCSSValue value; if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we // are done. AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value); return true; } // Parse the box dimensions. if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_ALPN, value)) { return false; } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageOutset(bool aAcceptsInherit) { // border-image-outset: initial | [|]{1,4} nsCSSValue value; if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we // are done. AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value); return true; } // Parse the box dimensions. if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_LN, value)) { return false; } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageRepeat(bool aAcceptsInherit) { nsCSSValue value; if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can not be mixed, so we // are done. AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value); return true; } nsCSSValuePair result; if (!ParseEnum(result.mXValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageRepeatKTable)) { return false; } // optional second keyword, defaults to first if (!ParseEnum(result.mYValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageRepeatKTable)) { result.mYValue = result.mXValue; } value.SetPairValue(&result); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImage() { nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this); // border-image: inherit | initial | // || // // [ / | // / ? / ]? || // nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, value); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value); // Keywords "inherit", "initial" and "unset" can't be mixed, so we are done. return true; } // No empty property. if (CheckEndProperty()) { return false; } // Shorthand properties are required to set everything they can. SetBorderImageInitialValues(); bool foundSource = false; bool foundSliceWidthOutset = false; bool foundRepeat = false; // This loop is used to handle the parsing of border-image properties which // can appear in any order. nsCSSValue imageSourceValue; while (!CheckEndProperty()) { // if (!foundSource && ParseVariant(imageSourceValue, VARIANT_UO, nullptr)) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, imageSourceValue); foundSource = true; continue; } // // ParseBorderImageSlice is weird. It may consume tokens and then return // false, because it parses a property with two required components that // can appear in either order. Since the tokens that were consumed cannot // parse as anything else we care about, this isn't a problem. if (!foundSliceWidthOutset) { bool sliceConsumedTokens = false; if (ParseBorderImageSlice(false, &sliceConsumedTokens)) { foundSliceWidthOutset = true; // [ / ? if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) { bool foundBorderImageWidth = ParseBorderImageWidth(false); // [ / if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) { if (!ParseBorderImageOutset(false)) { return false; } } else if (!foundBorderImageWidth) { // If this part has an trailing slash, the whole declaration is // invalid. return false; } } continue; } else { // If we consumed some tokens for but did not // successfully parse it, we have an error. if (sliceConsumedTokens) { return false; } } } // if (!foundRepeat && ParseBorderImageRepeat(false)) { foundRepeat = true; continue; } return false; } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderSpacing() { nsCSSValue xValue, yValue; if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(xValue, VARIANT_HL | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { return false; } // If we have one length, get the optional second length. // set the second value equal to the first. if (xValue.IsLengthUnit() || xValue.IsCalcUnit()) { ParseNonNegativeVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr); } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } if (yValue == xValue || yValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_spacing, xValue); } else { nsCSSValue pair; pair.SetPairValue(xValue, yValue); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_spacing, pair); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], bool aSetAllSides) { const int32_t numProps = 3; nsCSSValue values[numProps]; int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, aPropIDs, numProps); if ((found < 1) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) { return false; } if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default border-width values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default border-style values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 4) == 0) { // text color will be used values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if (aSetAllSides) { static const nsCSSProperty kBorderSources[] = { eCSSProperty_border_left_color_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_color_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_color_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_color_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_style_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_style_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_style_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_style_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_width_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_width_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_width_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_width_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN }; InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderSources); // Parsing "border" shorthand; set all four sides to the same thing for (int32_t index = 0; index < 4; index++) { NS_ASSERTION(numProps == 3, "This code needs updating"); AppendValue(kBorderWidthIDs[index], values[0]); AppendValue(kBorderStyleIDs[index], values[1]); AppendValue(kBorderColorIDs[index], values[2]); } static const nsCSSProperty kBorderColorsProps[] = { eCSSProperty_border_top_colors, eCSSProperty_border_right_colors, eCSSProperty_border_bottom_colors, eCSSProperty_border_left_colors }; // Set the other properties that the border shorthand sets to their // initial values. nsCSSValue extraValue; switch (values[0].GetUnit()) { case eCSSUnit_Inherit: case eCSSUnit_Initial: case eCSSUnit_Unset: extraValue = values[0]; // Set value of border-image properties to initial/inherit/unset AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, extraValue); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, extraValue); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, extraValue); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, extraValue); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, extraValue); break; default: extraValue.SetNoneValue(); SetBorderImageInitialValues(); break; } NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) { AppendValue(kBorderColorsProps[side], extraValue); } } else { // Just set our one side for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) { AppendValue(aPropIDs[index], values[index]); } } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseDirectionalBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], int32_t aSourceType) { const int32_t numProps = 3; nsCSSValue values[numProps]; int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, aPropIDs, numProps); if ((found < 1) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) { return false; } if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default border-width values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default border-style values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 4) == 0) { // text color will be used values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) { const nsCSSProperty* subprops = nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(aPropIDs[index + numProps]); NS_ASSERTION(subprops[3] == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN, "not box property with physical vs. logical cascading"); AppendValue(subprops[0], values[index]); nsCSSValue typeVal(aSourceType, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); AppendValue(subprops[1], typeVal); AppendValue(subprops[2], typeVal); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderStyle() { static const nsCSSProperty kBorderStyleSources[] = { eCSSProperty_border_left_style_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_style_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_style_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_style_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN }; // do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderStyleSources); return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderStyleIDs); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderWidth() { static const nsCSSProperty kBorderWidthSources[] = { eCSSProperty_border_left_width_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_left_width_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_width_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_border_right_width_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN }; // do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderWidthSources); return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderWidthIDs); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderColors(nsCSSProperty aProperty) { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' are only allowed on their own if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList *cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kBorderColorKTable)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(aProperty, value); return true; } // Parse the top level of a calc() expression. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCalc(nsCSSValue &aValue, int32_t aVariantMask) { // Parsing calc expressions requires, in a number of cases, looking // for a token that is *either* a value of the property or a number. // This can be done without lookahead when we assume that the property // values cannot themselves be numbers. NS_ASSERTION(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER), "unexpected variant mask"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask"); bool oldUnitlessLengthQuirk = mUnitlessLengthQuirk; mUnitlessLengthQuirk = false; // One-iteration loop so we can break to the error-handling case. do { // The toplevel of a calc() is always an nsCSSValue::Array of length 1. nsRefPtr arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(1); if (!ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(arr->Item(0), aVariantMask)) break; if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) break; aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, eCSSUnit_Calc); mUnitlessLengthQuirk = oldUnitlessLengthQuirk; return true; } while (false); SkipUntil(')'); mUnitlessLengthQuirk = oldUnitlessLengthQuirk; return false; } // We optimize away the production given that // ParseVariant consumes initial whitespace and we call // ExpectSymbol(')') with true for aSkipWS. // * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the // production. // * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function // parses the production. // * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses // whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies // aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either // removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits. // It does so iteratively, but builds the correct recursive // data structure. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask"); nsCSSValue *storage = &aValue; for (;;) { bool haveWS; if (!ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(*storage, aVariantMask, &haveWS)) return false; if (!haveWS || !GetToken(false)) return true; nsCSSUnit unit; if (mToken.IsSymbol('+')) { unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Plus; } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) { unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Minus; } else { UngetToken(); return true; } if (!RequireWhitespace()) return false; nsRefPtr arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2); arr->Item(0) = aValue; storage = &arr->Item(1); aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, unit); } } struct ReduceNumberCalcOps : public mozilla::css::BasicFloatCalcOps, public mozilla::css::CSSValueInputCalcOps { result_type ComputeLeafValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number, "unexpected unit"); return aValue.GetFloatValue(); } float ComputeNumber(const nsCSSValue& aValue) { return mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(aValue, *this); } }; // * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the // production. // * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function // parses the production. // * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses // whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies // aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either // removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits. // It does so iteratively, but builds the correct recursive data // structure. // This function always consumes *trailing* whitespace when it returns // true; whether there was any such whitespace is returned in the // aHadFinalWS parameter. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask, bool *aHadFinalWS) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask"); bool gotValue = false; // already got the part with the unit bool afterDivision = false; nsCSSValue *storage = &aValue; for (;;) { int32_t variantMask; if (afterDivision || gotValue) { variantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER; } else { variantMask = aVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER; } if (!ParseCalcTerm(*storage, variantMask)) return false; NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(variantMask != 0, "ParseCalcTerm did not set variantMask appropriately"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!(variantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) || !(variantMask & ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER)), "ParseCalcTerm did not set variantMask appropriately"); if (variantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) { // Simplify the value immediately so we can check for division by // zero. ReduceNumberCalcOps ops; float number = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(*storage, ops); if (number == 0.0 && afterDivision) return false; storage->SetFloatValue(number, eCSSUnit_Number); } else { gotValue = true; if (storage != &aValue) { // Simplify any numbers in the Times_L position (which are // not simplified by the check above). NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(storage == &aValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(1), "unexpected relationship to current storage"); nsCSSValue &leftValue = aValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(0); ReduceNumberCalcOps ops; float number = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(leftValue, ops); leftValue.SetFloatValue(number, eCSSUnit_Number); } } bool hadWS = RequireWhitespace(); if (!GetToken(false)) { *aHadFinalWS = hadWS; break; } nsCSSUnit unit; if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { unit = gotValue ? eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_R : eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_L; afterDivision = false; } else if (mToken.IsSymbol('/')) { unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Divided; afterDivision = true; } else { UngetToken(); *aHadFinalWS = hadWS; break; } nsRefPtr arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2); arr->Item(0) = aValue; storage = &arr->Item(1); aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, unit); } // Adjust aVariantMask (see comments above function) to reflect which // option we took. if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) { if (gotValue) { aVariantMask &= ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER); } else { aVariantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER; } } else { if (!gotValue) { // We had to find a value, but we didn't. return false; } } return true; } // * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the // production. // * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function // parses the production. // * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses // whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies // aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either // removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits. bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcTerm(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask"); if (!GetToken(true)) return false; // Either an additive expression in parentheses... if (mToken.IsSymbol('(')) { if (!ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(aValue, aVariantMask) || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } // ... or just a value UngetToken(); // Always pass VARIANT_NUMBER to ParseVariant so that unitless zero // always gets picked up if (!ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) { return false; } // ...and do the VARIANT_NUMBER check ourselves. if (!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) && aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) { return false; } // If we did the value parsing, we need to adjust aVariantMask to // reflect which option we took (see above). if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) { if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) { aVariantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER; } else { aVariantMask &= ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER); } } return true; } // This function consumes all consecutive whitespace and returns whether // there was any. bool CSSParserImpl::RequireWhitespace() { if (!GetToken(false)) return false; if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Whitespace) { UngetToken(); return false; } // Skip any additional whitespace tokens. if (GetToken(true)) { UngetToken(); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseRect(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { if (! GetToken(true)) { return false; } nsCSSValue val; if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) { nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent); switch (keyword) { case eCSSKeyword_auto: if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } val.SetAutoValue(); break; case eCSSKeyword_inherit: if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } val.SetInheritValue(); break; case eCSSKeyword_initial: if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } val.SetInitialValue(); break; case eCSSKeyword_unset: if (nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) { if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } val.SetUnsetValue(); break; } // fall through default: UngetToken(); return false; } } else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rect")) { nsCSSRect& rect = val.SetRectValue(); bool useCommas; NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) { if (! ParseVariant(rect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]), VARIANT_AL, nullptr)) { return false; } if (side == 0) { useCommas = ExpectSymbol(',', true); } else if (useCommas && side < 3) { // Skip optional commas between elements, but only if the first // separator was a comma. if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } } } if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { return false; } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { UngetToken(); return false; } AppendValue(aPropID, val); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseColumns() { // We use a similar "fake value" hack to ParseListStyle, because // "auto" is acceptable for both column-count and column-width. // If the fake "auto" value is found, and one of the real values isn't, // that means the fake auto value is meant for the real value we didn't // find. static const nsCSSProperty columnIDs[] = { eCSSPropertyExtra_x_auto_value, eCSSProperty__moz_column_count, eCSSProperty__moz_column_width }; const int32_t numProps = NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(columnIDs); nsCSSValue values[numProps]; int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, columnIDs, numProps); if (found < 1 || !ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } if ((found & (1|2|4)) == (1|2|4) && values[0].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) { // We filled all 3 values, which is invalid return false; } if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide auto column-count values[1].SetAutoValue(); } if ((found & 4) == 0) { // Provide auto column-width values[2].SetAutoValue(); } // Start at index 1 to skip the fake auto value. for (int32_t index = 1; index < numProps; index++) { AppendValue(columnIDs[index], values[index]); } return true; } #define VARIANT_CONTENT (VARIANT_STRING | VARIANT_URL | VARIANT_COUNTER | VARIANT_ATTR | \ VARIANT_KEYWORD) bool CSSParserImpl::ParseContent() { // We need to divide the 'content' keywords into two classes for // ParseVariant's sake, so we can't just use nsCSSProps::kContentKTable. static const int32_t kContentListKWs[] = { eCSSKeyword_open_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_OPEN_QUOTE, eCSSKeyword_close_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_CLOSE_QUOTE, eCSSKeyword_no_open_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_OPEN_QUOTE, eCSSKeyword_no_close_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_CLOSE_QUOTE, eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1 }; static const int32_t kContentSolitaryKWs[] = { eCSSKeyword__moz_alt_content, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_ALT_CONTENT, eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1 }; // Verify that these two lists add up to the size of // nsCSSProps::kContentKTable. NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(nsCSSProps::kContentKTable[ ArrayLength(kContentListKWs) + ArrayLength(kContentSolitaryKWs) - 4] == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN && nsCSSProps::kContentKTable[ ArrayLength(kContentListKWs) + ArrayLength(kContentSolitaryKWs) - 3] == -1, "content keyword tables out of sync"); nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HMK | VARIANT_NONE, kContentSolitaryKWs)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset', 'normal', 'none', and 'alt-content' must // be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_CONTENT, kContentListKWs)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_content, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterData(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { nsCSSValue value; if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) { return false; } nsCSSValuePairList *cur = value.SetPairListValue(); for (;;) { cur->mXValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident); if (!GetToken(true)) { break; } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid) { cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(mToken.mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer); } else { UngetToken(); } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) { return false; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(aPropID, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseCursor() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_UK, nsCSSProps::kCursorKTable)) { return false; } if (cur->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_URL) { // keyword must be last if (ExpectEndProperty()) { break; } return false; } // We have a URL, so make a value array with three values. nsRefPtr val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(3); val->Item(0) = cur->mValue; // Parse optional x and y position of cursor hotspot (css3-ui). if (ParseVariant(val->Item(1), VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) { // If we have one number, we must have two. if (!ParseVariant(val->Item(2), VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) { return false; } } cur->mValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array); if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { // url must not be last return false; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_cursor, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFont() { static const nsCSSProperty fontIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_font_style, eCSSProperty_font_variant, eCSSProperty_font_weight }; // font-variant-alternates enabled ==> layout.css.font-features.enabled is true bool featuresEnabled = nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates); nsCSSValue family; if (ParseVariant(family, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kFontKTable)) { if (ExpectEndProperty()) { if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == family.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Initial == family.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Unset == family.GetUnit()) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, family); if (featuresEnabled) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_synthesis, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, family); } } else { AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, family); nsCSSValue systemFont(eCSSUnit_System_Font); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, systemFont); if (featuresEnabled) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_synthesis, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, systemFont); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, systemFont); } } return true; } return false; } // Get optional font-style, font-variant and font-weight (in any order) const int32_t numProps = 3; nsCSSValue values[numProps]; int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, fontIDs, numProps); if (found < 0 || eCSSUnit_Inherit == values[0].GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Initial == values[0].GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Unset == values[0].GetUnit()) { // illegal data return false; } if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default font-style values[0].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_STYLE_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default font-variant values[1].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_VARIANT_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 4) == 0) { // Provide default font-weight values[2].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } // Get mandatory font-size nsCSSValue size; if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(size, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_LP, nsCSSProps::kFontSizeKTable)) { return false; } // Get optional "/" line-height nsCSSValue lineHeight; if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) { if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(lineHeight, VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_NORMAL, nullptr)) { return false; } } else { lineHeight.SetNormalValue(); } // Get final mandatory font-family nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this); if (ParseFamily(family)) { if (eCSSUnit_Inherit != family.GetUnit() && eCSSUnit_Initial != family.GetUnit() && eCSSUnit_Unset != family.GetUnit() && ExpectEndProperty()) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, family); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, values[0]); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant, values[1]); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, values[2]); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, size); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, lineHeight); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_STRETCH_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); if (featuresEnabled) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_KERNING_AUTO, eCSSUnit_Enumerated)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_synthesis, nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_SYNTHESIS_WEIGHT | NS_FONT_SYNTHESIS_STYLE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal)); } return true; } } return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSynthesis(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (!ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK | VARIANT_NONE, nsCSSProps::kFontSynthesisKTable)) { return false; } // first value 'none' ==> done if (eCSSUnit_None == aValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Initial == aValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Unset == aValue.GetUnit()) { return true; } // look for a second value int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue(); nsCSSValue nextValue; if (ParseEnum(nextValue, nsCSSProps::kFontSynthesisKTable)) { int32_t nextIntValue = nextValue.GetIntValue(); if (nextIntValue & intValue) { return false; } aValue.SetIntValue(nextIntValue | intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } return true; } // font-variant-alternates allows for a combination of multiple // simple enumerated values and functional values. Functional values have // parameter lists with one or more idents which are later resolved // based on values defined in @font-feature-value rules. // // font-variant-alternates: swash(flowing), historical-forms, styleset(alt-g, alt-m); // // So for this the nsCSSValue is set to a pair value, with one // value for a bitmask of both simple and functional property values // and another value containing a ValuePairList with lists of idents // for each functional property value. // // pairValue // o intValue // NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_SWASH | // NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_STYLESET // o valuePairList, each element with // - intValue - indicates which alternate // - string or valueList of strings // // Note: when only 'historical-forms' is specified, there are no // functional values to store, in which case the valuePairList is a // single element dummy list. In all other cases, the length of the // list will match the number of functional values. #define MAX_ALLOWED_FEATURES 512 bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleAlternate(int32_t& aWhichFeature, nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } bool isIdent = (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident); if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function && !isIdent) { UngetToken(); return false; } // ident ==> simple enumerated prop val (e.g. historical-forms) // function ==> e.g. swash(flowing) styleset(alt-g, alt-m) nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent); if (!(eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword && nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, (isIdent ? nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesKTable : nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable), aWhichFeature))) { // failed, pop token UngetToken(); return false; } if (isIdent) { aValue.SetIntValue(aWhichFeature, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); return true; } uint16_t maxElems = 1; if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_styleset || keyword == eCSSKeyword_character_variant) { maxElems = MAX_ALLOWED_FEATURES; } return ParseFunction(keyword, nullptr, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER, 1, maxElems, aValue); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantAlternates(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL, nullptr)) { return true; } // iterate through parameters nsCSSValue listValue; int32_t feature, featureFlags = 0; // if no functional values, this may be a list with a single, unused element listValue.SetListValue(); nsCSSValueList* list = nullptr; nsCSSValue value; while (ParseSingleAlternate(feature, value)) { // check to make sure value not already set if (feature == 0 || feature & featureFlags) { return false; } featureFlags |= feature; // if function, need to add to the list of functions if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function) { if (!list) { list = listValue.GetListValue(); } else { list->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; list = list->mNext; } list->mValue = value; } } nsCSSValue featureValue; featureValue.SetIntValue(featureFlags, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); aValue.SetPairValue(featureValue, listValue); return true; } #define MASK_END_VALUE -1 // aMasks - array of masks for mutually-exclusive property values, // e.g. proportial-nums, tabular-nums bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBitmaskValues(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aKeywordTable[], const int32_t aMasks[]) { if (!ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HMK, aKeywordTable)) { return false; } // first value 'normal', 'inherit', 'unset', 'initial', 'unset' ==> done if (eCSSUnit_Normal == aValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Initial == aValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValue.GetUnit() || eCSSUnit_Unset == aValue.GetUnit()) { return true; } // look for more values nsCSSValue nextValue; int32_t mergedValue = aValue.GetIntValue(); while (ParseEnum(nextValue, aKeywordTable)) { int32_t nextIntValue = nextValue.GetIntValue(); // check to make sure value not already set if (nextIntValue & mergedValue) { return false; } const int32_t *m = aMasks; int32_t c = 0; while (*m != MASK_END_VALUE) { if (*m & nextIntValue) { c = mergedValue & *m; break; } m++; } if (c) { return false; } mergedValue |= nextIntValue; } aValue.SetIntValue(mergedValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); return true; } static const int32_t maskEastAsian[] = { NS_FONT_VARIANT_EAST_ASIAN_VARIANT_MASK, NS_FONT_VARIANT_EAST_ASIAN_WIDTH_MASK, MASK_END_VALUE }; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantEastAsian(nsCSSValue& aValue) { NS_ASSERTION(maskEastAsian[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(maskEastAsian) - 1] == MASK_END_VALUE, "incorrectly terminated array"); return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantEastAsianKTable, maskEastAsian); } static const int32_t maskLigatures[] = { NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_COMMON_MASK, NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_DISCRETIONARY_MASK, NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_HISTORICAL_MASK, NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_CONTEXTUAL_MASK, MASK_END_VALUE }; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantLigatures(nsCSSValue& aValue) { NS_ASSERTION(maskLigatures[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(maskLigatures) - 1] == MASK_END_VALUE, "incorrectly terminated array"); return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantLigaturesKTable, maskLigatures); } static const int32_t maskNumeric[] = { NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_FIGURE_MASK, NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_SPACING_MASK, NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_FRACTION_MASK, MASK_END_VALUE }; bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantNumeric(nsCSSValue& aValue) { NS_ASSERTION(maskNumeric[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(maskNumeric) - 1] == MASK_END_VALUE, "incorrectly terminated array"); return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantNumericKTable, maskNumeric); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontWeight(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HKI | VARIANT_SYSFONT, nsCSSProps::kFontWeightKTable)) { if (eCSSUnit_Integer == aValue.GetUnit()) { // ensure unit value int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue(); if ((100 <= intValue) && (intValue <= 900) && (0 == (intValue % 100))) { return true; } else { UngetToken(); return false; } } return true; } return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseOneFamily(nsAString& aFamily, bool& aOneKeyword) { if (!GetToken(true)) return false; nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; aOneKeyword = false; if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) { aOneKeyword = true; aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent); for (;;) { if (!GetToken(false)) break; if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) { aOneKeyword = false; // We had at least another keyword before. // "If a sequence of identifiers is given as a font family name, // the computed value is the name converted to a string by joining // all the identifiers in the sequence by single spaces." // -- CSS 2.1, section 15.3 // Whitespace tokens do not actually matter, // identifier tokens can be separated by comments. aFamily.Append(PRUnichar(' ')); aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent); } else if (eCSSToken_Whitespace != tk->mType) { UngetToken(); break; } } return true; } else if (eCSSToken_String == tk->mType) { aFamily.Append(tk->mSymbol); // replace the quotes aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent); // XXX What if it had escaped quotes? aFamily.Append(tk->mSymbol); return true; } else { UngetToken(); return false; } } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFamily(nsCSSValue& aValue) { nsAutoString family; bool single; // keywords only have meaning in the first position if (!ParseOneFamily(family, single)) return false; // check for keywords, but only when keywords appear by themselves // i.e. not in compounds such as font-family: default blah; if (single) { nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(family); if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_inherit) { aValue.SetInheritValue(); return true; } // 605231 - don't parse unquoted 'default' reserved keyword if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_default) { return false; } if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_initial) { aValue.SetInitialValue(); return true; } if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_unset && nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) { aValue.SetUnsetValue(); return true; } if (keyword == eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font && !IsParsingCompoundProperty()) { aValue.SetSystemFontValue(); return true; } } for (;;) { if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) break; family.Append(PRUnichar(',')); nsAutoString nextFamily; if (!ParseOneFamily(nextFamily, single)) return false; // at this point unquoted keywords are not allowed // as font family names but can appear within names if (single) { nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(nextFamily); switch (keyword) { case eCSSKeyword_inherit: case eCSSKeyword_initial: case eCSSKeyword_default: case eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font: return false; case eCSSKeyword_unset: if (nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()) { return false; } // fall through default: break; } } family.Append(nextFamily); } if (family.IsEmpty()) { return false; } aValue.SetStringValue(family, eCSSUnit_Families); return true; } // src: ( uri-src | local-src ) (',' ( uri-src | local-src ) )* // uri-src: uri [ 'format(' string ( ',' string )* ')' ] // local-src: 'local(' ( string | ident ) ')' bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSrc(nsCSSValue& aValue) { // could we maybe turn nsCSSValue::Array into InfallibleTArray? InfallibleTArray values; nsCSSValue cur; for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) break; if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) { SetValueToURL(cur, mToken.mIdent); values.AppendElement(cur); if (!ParseFontSrcFormat(values)) return false; } else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("local")) { // css3-fonts does not specify a formal grammar for local(). // The text permits both unquoted identifiers and quoted // strings. We resolve this ambiguity in the spec by // assuming that the appropriate production is a single // , possibly surrounded by whitespace. nsAutoString family; bool single; if (!ParseOneFamily(family, single)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } // the style parameters to the nsFont constructor are ignored, // because it's only being used to call EnumerateFamilies nsFont font(family, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); ExtractFirstFamilyData dat; font.EnumerateFamilies(ExtractFirstFamily, (void*) &dat); if (!dat.mGood) return false; cur.SetStringValue(dat.mFamilyName, eCSSUnit_Local_Font); values.AppendElement(cur); } else { // We don't know what to do with this token; unget it and error out UngetToken(); return false; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) break; } if (values.Length() == 0) return false; nsRefPtr srcVals = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(values.Length()); uint32_t i; for (i = 0; i < values.Length(); i++) srcVals->Item(i) = values[i]; aValue.SetArrayValue(srcVals, eCSSUnit_Array); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSrcFormat(InfallibleTArray & values) { if (!GetToken(true)) return true; // EOF harmless here if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("format")) { UngetToken(); return true; } do { if (!GetToken(true)) return false; // EOF - no need for SkipUntil if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String) { UngetToken(); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } nsCSSValue cur(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Font_Format); values.AppendElement(cur); } while (ExpectSymbol(',', true)); if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { SkipUntil(')'); return false; } return true; } // font-ranges: urange ( ',' urange )* bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontRanges(nsCSSValue& aValue) { InfallibleTArray ranges; for (;;) { if (!GetToken(true)) break; if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_URange) { UngetToken(); break; } // An invalid range token is a parsing error, causing the entire // descriptor to be ignored. if (!mToken.mIntegerValid) return false; uint32_t low = mToken.mInteger; uint32_t high = mToken.mInteger2; // A range that descends, or a range that is entirely outside the // current range of Unicode (U+0-10FFFF) is ignored, but does not // invalidate the descriptor. A range that straddles the high end // is clipped. if (low <= 0x10FFFF && low <= high) { if (high > 0x10FFFF) high = 0x10FFFF; ranges.AppendElement(low); ranges.AppendElement(high); } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) break; } if (ranges.Length() == 0) return false; nsRefPtr srcVals = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(ranges.Length()); for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ranges.Length(); i++) srcVals->Item(i).SetIntValue(ranges[i], eCSSUnit_Integer); aValue.SetArrayValue(srcVals, eCSSUnit_Array); return true; } // font-feature-settings: normal | [, ]* // = [ | on | off ]? // minimum - "tagx", "tagy", "tagz" // edge error case - "tagx" on 1, "tagx" "tagy", "tagx" -1, "tagx" big // pair value is always x = string, y = int // font feature tags must be four ASCII characters #define FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH 4 static bool ValidFontFeatureTag(const nsString& aTag) { if (aTag.Length() != FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH) { return false; } uint32_t i; for (i = 0; i < FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH; i++) { uint32_t ch = aTag[i]; if (ch < 0x20 || ch > 0x7e) { return false; } } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL, nullptr)) { return true; } nsCSSValuePairList *cur = aValue.SetPairListValue(); for (;;) { // feature tag if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String || !ValidFontFeatureTag(mToken.mIdent)) { UngetToken(); return false; } cur->mXValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String); if (!GetToken(true)) { cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer); break; } // optional value or on/off keyword if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid && mToken.mInteger >= 0) { cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(mToken.mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer); } else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("on")) { cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer); } else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("off")) { cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(0, eCSSUnit_Integer); } else { // something other than value/on/off, set default value cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer); UngetToken(); } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { break; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; cur = cur->mNext; } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseListStyle() { // 'list-style' can accept 'none' for two different subproperties, // 'list-style-type' and 'list-style-position'. In order to accept // 'none' as the value of either but still allow another value for // either, we need to ensure that the first 'none' we find gets // allocated to a dummy property instead. static const nsCSSProperty listStyleIDs[] = { eCSSPropertyExtra_x_none_value, eCSSProperty_list_style_type, eCSSProperty_list_style_position, eCSSProperty_list_style_image }; nsCSSValue values[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(listStyleIDs)]; int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, listStyleIDs, ArrayLength(listStyleIDs)); if (found < 1 || !ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } if ((found & (1|2|8)) == (1|2|8)) { if (values[0].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) { // We found a 'none' plus another value for both of // 'list-style-type' and 'list-style-image'. This is a parse // error, since the 'none' has to count for at least one of them. return false; } else { NS_ASSERTION(found == (1|2|4|8) && values[0] == values[1] && values[0] == values[2] && values[0] == values[3], "should be a special value"); } } // Provide default values if ((found & 2) == 0) { if (found & 1) { values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } else { values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_DISC, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } } if ((found & 4) == 0) { values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_POSITION_OUTSIDE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 8) == 0) { values[3].SetNoneValue(); } // Start at 1 to avoid appending fake value. for (uint32_t index = 1; index < ArrayLength(listStyleIDs); ++index) { AppendValue(listStyleIDs[index], values[index]); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMargin() { static const nsCSSProperty kMarginSideIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_margin_top, eCSSProperty_margin_right_value, eCSSProperty_margin_bottom, eCSSProperty_margin_left_value }; static const nsCSSProperty kMarginSources[] = { eCSSProperty_margin_left_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_margin_left_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_margin_right_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_margin_right_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN }; // do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kMarginSources); return ParseBoxProperties(kMarginSideIDs); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMarks(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kPageMarksKTable)) { if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit()) { if (NS_STYLE_PAGE_MARKS_NONE != aValue.GetIntValue() && false == CheckEndProperty()) { nsCSSValue second; if (ParseEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kPageMarksKTable)) { // 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed if (NS_STYLE_PAGE_MARKS_NONE != second.GetIntValue()) { aValue.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue() | second.GetIntValue(), eCSSUnit_Enumerated); return true; } } return false; } } return true; } return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseOutline() { const int32_t numProps = 3; static const nsCSSProperty kOutlineIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_outline_color, eCSSProperty_outline_style, eCSSProperty_outline_width }; nsCSSValue values[numProps]; int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kOutlineIDs, numProps); if ((found < 1) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) { return false; } // Provide default values if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default outline-color values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default outline-style values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if ((found & 4) == 0) { // Provide default outline-width values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } int32_t index; for (index = 0; index < numProps; index++) { AppendValue(kOutlineIDs[index], values[index]); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseOverflow() { nsCSSValue overflow; if (!ParseVariant(overflow, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kOverflowKTable) || !ExpectEndProperty()) return false; nsCSSValue overflowX(overflow); nsCSSValue overflowY(overflow); if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == overflow.GetUnit()) switch(overflow.GetIntValue()) { case NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLLBARS_HORIZONTAL: overflowX.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); overflowY.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); break; case NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLLBARS_VERTICAL: overflowX.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); overflowY.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); break; } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_overflow_x, overflowX); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_overflow_y, overflowY); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParsePadding() { static const nsCSSProperty kPaddingSideIDs[] = { eCSSProperty_padding_top, eCSSProperty_padding_right_value, eCSSProperty_padding_bottom, eCSSProperty_padding_left_value }; static const nsCSSProperty kPaddingSources[] = { eCSSProperty_padding_left_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_padding_left_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_padding_right_ltr_source, eCSSProperty_padding_right_rtl_source, eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN }; // do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kPaddingSources); return ParseBoxProperties(kPaddingSideIDs); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseQuotes() { nsCSSValue value; if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HOS, nullptr)) { return false; } if (value.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_String) { if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValue open = value; nsCSSValuePairList* quotes = value.SetPairListValue(); for (;;) { quotes->mXValue = open; // get mandatory close if (!ParseVariant(quotes->mYValue, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } // look for another open if (!ParseVariant(open, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) { return false; } quotes->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList; quotes = quotes->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_quotes, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSize() { nsCSSValue width, height; if (!ParseVariant(width, VARIANT_AHKL, nsCSSProps::kPageSizeKTable)) { return false; } if (width.IsLengthUnit()) { ParseVariant(height, VARIANT_LENGTH, nullptr); } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } if (width == height || height.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_size, width); } else { nsCSSValue pair; pair.SetPairValue(width, height); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_size, pair); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextDecoration() { enum { eDecorationNone = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE, eDecorationUnderline = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE, eDecorationOverline = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE, eDecorationLineThrough = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH, eDecorationBlink = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_BLINK, eDecorationPrefAnchors = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_PREF_ANCHORS }; static_assert((eDecorationNone ^ eDecorationUnderline ^ eDecorationOverline ^ eDecorationLineThrough ^ eDecorationBlink ^ eDecorationPrefAnchors) == (eDecorationNone | eDecorationUnderline | eDecorationOverline | eDecorationLineThrough | eDecorationBlink | eDecorationPrefAnchors), "text decoration constants need to be bitmasks"); static const int32_t kTextDecorationKTable[] = { eCSSKeyword_none, eDecorationNone, eCSSKeyword_underline, eDecorationUnderline, eCSSKeyword_overline, eDecorationOverline, eCSSKeyword_line_through, eDecorationLineThrough, eCSSKeyword_blink, eDecorationBlink, eCSSKeyword__moz_anchor_decoration, eDecorationPrefAnchors, eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1 }; nsCSSValue value; if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HK, kTextDecorationKTable)) { return false; } nsCSSValue line, style, color; switch (value.GetUnit()) { case eCSSUnit_Enumerated: { // We shouldn't accept decoration line style and color via // text-decoration. color.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); style.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); int32_t intValue = value.GetIntValue(); if (intValue == eDecorationNone) { line.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); break; } // look for more keywords nsCSSValue keyword; int32_t index; for (index = 0; index < 3; index++) { if (!ParseEnum(keyword, kTextDecorationKTable)) { break; } int32_t newValue = keyword.GetIntValue(); if (newValue == eDecorationNone || newValue & intValue) { // 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed, and // duplicate keyword is not allowed. return false; } intValue |= newValue; } line.SetIntValue(intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); break; } default: line = color = style = value; break; } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_decoration_line, line); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_decoration_color, color); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_decoration_style, style); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aTable[]) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone return true; } nsCSSValue left; if (!ParseVariant(left, VARIANT_KEYWORD, aTable)) { return false; } if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsTextAlignTrueValueEnabled()) { aValue = left; return true; } nsCSSValue right; if (ParseVariant(right, VARIANT_KEYWORD, aTable)) { // 'true' must be combined with some other value than 'true'. if (left.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE && right.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE) { return false; } aValue.SetPairValue(left, right); } else { // Single value 'true' is not allowed. if (left.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE) { return false; } aValue = left; } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextAlign(nsCSSValue& aValue) { return ParseTextAlign(aValue, nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextAlignLast(nsCSSValue& aValue) { return ParseTextAlign(aValue, nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable); } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextDecorationLine(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kTextDecorationLineKTable)) { if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit()) { int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue(); if (intValue != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE) { // look for more keywords nsCSSValue keyword; int32_t index; for (index = 0; index < 3; index++) { if (ParseEnum(keyword, nsCSSProps::kTextDecorationLineKTable)) { int32_t newValue = keyword.GetIntValue(); if (newValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE || newValue & intValue) { // 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed, and // duplicate keyword is not allowed. return false; } intValue |= newValue; } else { break; } } aValue.SetIntValue(intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } } return true; } return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextOverflow(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' must be alone return true; } nsCSSValue left; if (!ParseVariant(left, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_STRING, nsCSSProps::kTextOverflowKTable)) return false; nsCSSValue right; if (ParseVariant(right, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_STRING, nsCSSProps::kTextOverflowKTable)) aValue.SetPairValue(left, right); else { aValue = left; } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTextCombineHorizontal(nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (!ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kTextCombineHorizontalKTable)) { return false; } // if 'digits', need to check for an explicit number [2, 3, 4] if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit() && aValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_HORIZ_DIGITS_2) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return true; } if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid) { switch (mToken.mInteger) { case 2: // already set, nothing to do break; case 3: aValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_HORIZ_DIGITS_3, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); break; case 4: aValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_HORIZ_DIGITS_4, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); break; default: // invalid digits value return false; } } else { UngetToken(); } } return true; } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // transform Parsing Implementation /* Reads a function list of arguments and consumes the closing parenthesis. * Do not call this function directly; it's meant to be called from * ParseFunction. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFunctionInternals(const int32_t aVariantMask[], int32_t aVariantMaskAll, uint16_t aMinElems, uint16_t aMaxElems, InfallibleTArray &aOutput) { NS_ASSERTION((aVariantMask && !aVariantMaskAll) || (!aVariantMask && aVariantMaskAll), "only one of the two variant mask parameters can be set"); for (uint16_t index = 0; index < aMaxElems; ++index) { nsCSSValue newValue; int32_t m = aVariantMaskAll ? aVariantMaskAll : aVariantMask[index]; if (!ParseVariant(newValue, m, nullptr)) { break; } aOutput.AppendElement(newValue); if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { // Move on to the next argument if we see a comma. continue; } if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { // Make sure we've read enough symbols if we see a closing parenthesis. return (index + 1) >= aMinElems; } // Only a comma or a closing parenthesis is valid after an argument. break; } // If we're here, we've hit an error without seeing a closing parenthesis or // we've read too many elements without seeing a closing parenthesis. SkipUntil(')'); return false; } /* Parses a function [ input of the form (a [, b]*) ] and stores it * as an nsCSSValue that holds a function of the form * function-name arg1 arg2 ... argN * * On error, the return value is false. * * @param aFunction The name of the function that we're reading. * @param aAllowedTypes An array of values corresponding to the legal * types for each element in the function. The zeroth element in the * array corresponds to the first function parameter, etc. The length * of this array _must_ be greater than or equal to aMaxElems or the * behavior is undefined. If not null, aAllowTypesAll must be 0. * @param aAllowedTypesAll If set, every element tested for these types * @param aMinElems Minimum number of elements to read. Reading fewer than * this many elements will result in the function failing. * @param aMaxElems Maximum number of elements to read. Reading more than * this many elements will result in the function failing. * @param aValue (out) The value that was parsed. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aFunction, const int32_t aAllowedTypes[], int32_t aAllowedTypesAll, uint16_t aMinElems, uint16_t aMaxElems, nsCSSValue &aValue) { NS_ASSERTION((aAllowedTypes && !aAllowedTypesAll) || (!aAllowedTypes && aAllowedTypesAll), "only one of the two allowed type parameter can be set"); typedef InfallibleTArray::size_type arrlen_t; /* 2^16 - 2, so that if we have 2^16 - 2 transforms, we have 2^16 - 1 * elements stored in the the nsCSSValue::Array. */ static const arrlen_t MAX_ALLOWED_ELEMS = 0xFFFE; /* Read in a list of values as an array, failing if we can't or if * it's out of bounds. */ InfallibleTArray foundValues; if (!ParseFunctionInternals(aAllowedTypes, aAllowedTypesAll, aMinElems, aMaxElems, foundValues)) { return false; } /* * In case the user has given us more than 2^16 - 2 arguments, * we'll truncate them at 2^16 - 2 arguments. */ uint16_t numArgs = std::min(foundValues.Length(), MAX_ALLOWED_ELEMS); nsRefPtr convertedArray = aValue.InitFunction(aFunction, numArgs); /* Copy things over. */ for (uint16_t index = 0; index < numArgs; ++index) convertedArray->Item(index + 1) = foundValues[static_cast(index)]; /* Return it! */ return true; } /** * Given a token, determines the minimum and maximum number of function * parameters to read, along with the mask that should be used to read * those function parameters. If the token isn't a transform function, * returns an error. * * @param aToken The token identifying the function. * @param aMinElems [out] The minimum number of elements to read. * @param aMaxElems [out] The maximum number of elements to read * @param aVariantMask [out] The variant mask to use during parsing * @return Whether the information was loaded successfully. */ static bool GetFunctionParseInformation(nsCSSKeyword aToken, bool aIsPrefixed, uint16_t &aMinElems, uint16_t &aMaxElems, const int32_t *& aVariantMask) { /* These types represent the common variant masks that will be used to * parse out the individual functions. The order in the enumeration * must match the order in which the masks are declared. */ enum { eLengthPercentCalc, eLengthCalc, eTwoLengthPercentCalcs, eTwoLengthPercentCalcsOneLengthCalc, eAngle, eTwoAngles, eNumber, ePositiveLength, eTwoNumbers, eThreeNumbers, eThreeNumbersOneAngle, eMatrix, eMatrixPrefixed, eMatrix3d, eMatrix3dPrefixed, eNumVariantMasks }; static const int32_t kMaxElemsPerFunction = 16; static const int32_t kVariantMasks[eNumVariantMasks][kMaxElemsPerFunction] = { {VARIANT_LPCALC}, {VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_CALC}, {VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LPCALC}, {VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_CALC}, {VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO}, {VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO, VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO}, {VARIANT_NUMBER}, {VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_POSITIVE_DIMENSION}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LPNCALC}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER}, {VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LNCALC, VARIANT_NUMBER}}; #ifdef DEBUG static const uint8_t kVariantMaskLengths[eNumVariantMasks] = {1, 1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6, 16, 16}; #endif int32_t variantIndex = eNumVariantMasks; switch (aToken) { case eCSSKeyword_translatex: case eCSSKeyword_translatey: /* Exactly one length or percent. */ variantIndex = eLengthPercentCalc; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; case eCSSKeyword_translatez: /* Exactly one length */ variantIndex = eLengthCalc; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; case eCSSKeyword_translate3d: /* Exactly two lengthds or percents and a number */ variantIndex = eTwoLengthPercentCalcsOneLengthCalc; aMinElems = 3U; aMaxElems = 3U; break; case eCSSKeyword_scalez: case eCSSKeyword_scalex: case eCSSKeyword_scaley: /* Exactly one scale factor. */ variantIndex = eNumber; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; case eCSSKeyword_scale3d: /* Exactly three scale factors. */ variantIndex = eThreeNumbers; aMinElems = 3U; aMaxElems = 3U; break; case eCSSKeyword_rotatex: case eCSSKeyword_rotatey: case eCSSKeyword_rotate: case eCSSKeyword_rotatez: /* Exactly one angle. */ variantIndex = eAngle; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; case eCSSKeyword_rotate3d: variantIndex = eThreeNumbersOneAngle; aMinElems = 4U; aMaxElems = 4U; break; case eCSSKeyword_translate: /* One or two lengths or percents. */ variantIndex = eTwoLengthPercentCalcs; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 2U; break; case eCSSKeyword_skew: /* Exactly one or two angles. */ variantIndex = eTwoAngles; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 2U; break; case eCSSKeyword_scale: /* One or two scale factors. */ variantIndex = eTwoNumbers; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 2U; break; case eCSSKeyword_skewx: /* Exactly one angle. */ variantIndex = eAngle; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; case eCSSKeyword_skewy: /* Exactly one angle. */ variantIndex = eAngle; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; case eCSSKeyword_matrix: /* Six values, all numbers. */ variantIndex = aIsPrefixed ? eMatrixPrefixed : eMatrix; aMinElems = 6U; aMaxElems = 6U; break; case eCSSKeyword_matrix3d: /* 16 matrix values, all numbers */ variantIndex = aIsPrefixed ? eMatrix3dPrefixed : eMatrix3d; aMinElems = 16U; aMaxElems = 16U; break; case eCSSKeyword_perspective: /* Exactly one scale number. */ variantIndex = ePositiveLength; aMinElems = 1U; aMaxElems = 1U; break; default: /* Oh dear, we didn't match. Report an error. */ return false; } NS_ASSERTION(aMinElems > 0, "Didn't update minimum elements!"); NS_ASSERTION(aMaxElems > 0, "Didn't update maximum elements!"); NS_ASSERTION(aMinElems <= aMaxElems, "aMinElems > aMaxElems!"); NS_ASSERTION(variantIndex >= 0, "Invalid variant mask!"); NS_ASSERTION(variantIndex < eNumVariantMasks, "Invalid variant mask!"); #ifdef DEBUG NS_ASSERTION(aMaxElems <= kVariantMaskLengths[variantIndex], "Invalid aMaxElems for this variant mask."); #endif // Convert the index into a mask. aVariantMask = kVariantMasks[variantIndex]; return true; } /* Reads a single transform function from the tokenizer stream, reporting an * error if something goes wrong. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, nsCSSValue& aValue) { if (!GetToken(true)) return false; if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) { UngetToken(); return false; } const int32_t* variantMask; uint16_t minElems, maxElems; nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent); if (!GetFunctionParseInformation(keyword, aIsPrefixed, minElems, maxElems, variantMask)) return false; return ParseFunction(keyword, variantMask, 0, minElems, maxElems, aValue); } /* Parses a transform property list by continuously reading in properties * and constructing a matrix from it. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransform(bool aIsPrefixed) { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseSingleTransform(aIsPrefixed, cur->mValue)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_transform, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransformOrigin(bool aPerspective) { nsCSSValuePair position; if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(position, true)) return false; nsCSSProperty prop = eCSSProperty_transform_origin; if (aPerspective) { if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } prop = eCSSProperty_perspective_origin; } // Unlike many other uses of pairs, this position should always be stored // as a pair, even if the values are the same, so it always serializes as // a pair, and to keep the computation code simple. if (position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit || position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial || position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(position.mXValue == position.mYValue, "inherit/initial/unset only half?"); AppendValue(prop, position.mXValue); } else { nsCSSValue value; if (aPerspective) { value.SetPairValue(position.mXValue, position.mYValue); } else { nsCSSValue depth; if (!ParseVariant(depth, VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { depth.SetFloatValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Pixel); } value.SetTripletValue(position.mXValue, position.mYValue, depth); } AppendValue(prop, value); } return true; } /** * Reads a drop-shadow value. At the moment the Filter Effects specification * just expects one shadow item. Should this ever change to a list of shadow * items, use ParseShadowList instead. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseDropShadow(nsCSSValue* aValue) { // Use nsCSSValueList to reuse the shadow resolving code in // nsRuleNode and nsComputedDOMStyle. nsCSSValue shadow; nsCSSValueList* cur = shadow.SetListValue(); if (!ParseShadowItem(cur->mValue, false)) return false; if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) return false; nsCSSValue::Array* dropShadow = aValue->InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_drop_shadow, 1); // Copy things over. dropShadow->Item(1) = shadow; return true; } /** * Reads a single url or filter function from the tokenizer stream, reporting an * error if something goes wrong. */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleFilter(nsCSSValue* aValue) { if (ParseVariant(*aValue, VARIANT_URL, nullptr)) { return true; } if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()) { // With CSS Filters disabled, we should only accept an SVG reference filter. REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURL); return false; } if (!GetToken(true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFilterEOF); return false; } if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction); return false; } nsCSSKeyword functionName = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent); // Parse drop-shadow independently of the other filter functions // because of its more complex characteristics. if (functionName == eCSSKeyword_drop_shadow) { if (ParseDropShadow(aValue)) { return true; } else { // Unrecognized filter function. REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } } // Set up the parsing rules based on the filter function. int32_t variantMask = VARIANT_PN; bool rejectNegativeArgument = true; bool clampArgumentToOne = false; switch (functionName) { case eCSSKeyword_blur: variantMask = VARIANT_LCALC | VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION; // VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION will already reject negative lengths. rejectNegativeArgument = false; break; case eCSSKeyword_brightness: case eCSSKeyword_contrast: case eCSSKeyword_saturate: break; case eCSSKeyword_grayscale: case eCSSKeyword_invert: case eCSSKeyword_sepia: case eCSSKeyword_opacity: clampArgumentToOne = true; break; case eCSSKeyword_hue_rotate: variantMask = VARIANT_ANGLE; rejectNegativeArgument = false; break; default: // Unrecognized filter function. REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction); SkipUntil(')'); return false; } // Parse the function. uint16_t minElems = 1U; uint16_t maxElems = 1U; uint32_t allVariants = 0; if (!ParseFunction(functionName, &variantMask, allVariants, minElems, maxElems, *aValue)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEFilterFunctionArgumentsParsingError); return false; } // Get the first and only argument to the filter function. NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function, "expected a filter function"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue->UnitHasArrayValue(), "filter function should be an array"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue->GetArrayValue()->Count() == 2, "filter function should have exactly one argument"); nsCSSValue& arg = aValue->GetArrayValue()->Item(1); if (rejectNegativeArgument && ((arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent && arg.GetPercentValue() < 0.0f) || (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number && arg.GetFloatValue() < 0.0f))) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEExpectedNonnegativeNP); return false; } if (clampArgumentToOne) { if (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number && arg.GetFloatValue() > 1.0f) { arg.SetFloatValue(1.0f, arg.GetUnit()); } else if (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent && arg.GetPercentValue() > 1.0f) { arg.SetPercentValue(1.0f); } } return true; } /** * Parses a filter property value by continuously reading in urls and/or filter * functions and constructing a list. * * When CSS Filters are enabled, the filter property accepts one or more SVG * reference filters and/or CSS filter functions. * e.g. filter: url(#my-filter-1) blur(3px) url(#my-filter-2) grayscale(50%); * * When CSS Filters are disabled, the filter property only accepts one SVG * reference filter. * e.g. filter: url(#my-filter); */ bool CSSParserImpl::ParseFilter() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue(); while (cur) { if (!ParseSingleFilter(&cur->mValue)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()) { // With CSS Filters disabled, we should only accept one SVG reference // filter. REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue); return false; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_filter, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionProperty() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { // Accept a list of arbitrary identifiers. They should be // CSS properties, but we want to accept any so that we // accept properties that we don't know about yet, e.g. // transition-property: invalid-property, left, opacity; nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | VARIANT_ALL, nullptr)) { return false; } if (cur->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) { nsDependentString str(cur->mValue.GetStringBufferValue()); // Exclude 'none', 'inherit', 'initial' and 'unset' according to the // same rules as for 'counter-reset' in CSS 2.1. if (str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("none") || str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit") || str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial") || (str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unset") && nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled())) { return false; } } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma); return false; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_transition_property, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue) { NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack && mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cubic-bezier"), "unexpected initial state"); nsRefPtr val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4); float x1, x2, y1, y2; if (!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(x1, ',', true) || !ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(y1, ',', false) || !ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(x2, ',', true) || !ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(y2, ')', false)) { return false; } val->Item(0).SetFloatValue(x1, eCSSUnit_Number); val->Item(1).SetFloatValue(y1, eCSSUnit_Number); val->Item(2).SetFloatValue(x2, eCSSUnit_Number); val->Item(3).SetFloatValue(y2, eCSSUnit_Number); aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Cubic_Bezier); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(float& aComponent, char aStop, bool aCheckRange) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken; if (tk->mType == eCSSToken_Number) { float num = tk->mNumber; if (aCheckRange && (num < 0.0 || num > 1.0)) { return false; } aComponent = num; if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) { return true; } } return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue) { NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack && mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("steps"), "unexpected initial state"); nsRefPtr val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2); if (!ParseOneOrLargerVariant(val->Item(0), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr)) { return false; } int32_t type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END; if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { if (!GetToken(true)) { return false; } type = -1; if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) { if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("start")) { type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_START; } else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("end")) { type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END; } } if (type == -1) { UngetToken(); return false; } } val->Item(1).SetIntValue(type, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) { return false; } aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Steps); return true; } static nsCSSValueList* AppendValueToList(nsCSSValue& aContainer, nsCSSValueList* aTail, const nsCSSValue& aValue) { nsCSSValueList* entry; if (aContainer.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!aTail, "should not have an entry"); entry = aContainer.SetListValue(); } else { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!aTail->mNext, "should not have a next entry"); NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aContainer.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List, "not a list"); entry = new nsCSSValueList; aTail->mNext = entry; } entry->mValue = aValue; return entry; } CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand( const nsCSSProperty* aProperties, const nsCSSValue* aInitialValues, nsCSSValue* aValues, size_t aNumProperties) { nsCSSValue tempValue; // first see if 'inherit', 'initial' or 'unset' is specified. If one is, // it can be the only thing specified, so don't attempt to parse any // additional properties if (ParseVariant(tempValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) { AppendValue(aProperties[i], tempValue); } return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Inherit; } static const size_t maxNumProperties = 7; NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aNumProperties <= maxNumProperties, "can't handle this many properties"); nsCSSValueList *cur[maxNumProperties]; bool parsedProperty[maxNumProperties]; for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) { cur[i] = nullptr; } bool atEOP = false; // at end of property? for (;;) { // loop over comma-separated transitions or animations // whether a particular subproperty was specified for this // transition or animation for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) { parsedProperty[i] = false; } for (;;) { // loop over values within a transition or animation bool foundProperty = false; // check to see if we're at the end of one full transition or // animation definition (either because we hit a comma or because // we hit the end of the property definition) if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) break; if (CheckEndProperty()) { atEOP = true; break; } // else, try to parse the next transition or animation sub-property for (uint32_t i = 0; !foundProperty && i < aNumProperties; ++i) { if (!parsedProperty[i]) { // if we haven't found this property yet, try to parse it if (ParseSingleValueProperty(tempValue, aProperties[i])) { parsedProperty[i] = true; cur[i] = AppendValueToList(aValues[i], cur[i], tempValue); foundProperty = true; break; // out of inner loop; continue looking for next sub-property } } } if (!foundProperty) { // We're not at a ',' or at the end of the property, but we couldn't // parse any of the sub-properties, so the declaration is invalid. return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error; } } // We hit the end of the property or the end of one transition // or animation definition, add its components to the list. for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) { // If all of the subproperties were not explicitly specified, fill // in the missing ones with initial values. if (!parsedProperty[i]) { cur[i] = AppendValueToList(aValues[i], cur[i], aInitialValues[i]); } } if (atEOP) break; // else we just hit a ',' so continue parsing the next compound transition } return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransition() { static const nsCSSProperty kTransitionProperties[] = { eCSSProperty_transition_duration, eCSSProperty_transition_timing_function, // Must check 'transition-delay' after 'transition-duration', since // that's our assumption about what the spec means for the shorthand // syntax (the first time given is the duration, and the second // given is the delay). eCSSProperty_transition_delay, // Must check 'transition-property' after // 'transition-timing-function' since 'transition-property' accepts // any keyword. eCSSProperty_transition_property }; static const uint32_t numProps = NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(kTransitionProperties); // this is a shorthand property that accepts -property, -delay, // -duration, and -timing-function with some components missing. // there can be multiple transitions, separated with commas nsCSSValue initialValues[numProps]; initialValues[0].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds); initialValues[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); initialValues[2].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds); initialValues[3].SetAllValue(); nsCSSValue values[numProps]; ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult spres = ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(kTransitionProperties, initialValues, values, numProps); if (spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values) { return spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error; } // Make two checks on the list for 'transition-property': // + If there is more than one item, then none of the items can be // 'none'. // + None of the items can be 'inherit', 'initial' or 'unset'. { NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(kTransitionProperties[3] == eCSSProperty_transition_property, "array index mismatch"); nsCSSValueList *l = values[3].GetListValue(); bool multipleItems = !!l->mNext; do { const nsCSSValue& val = l->mValue; if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) { if (multipleItems) { // This is a syntax error. return false; } // Unbox a solitary 'none'. values[3].SetNoneValue(); break; } if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) { nsDependentString str(val.GetStringBufferValue()); if (str.EqualsLiteral("inherit") || str.EqualsLiteral("initial") || (str.EqualsLiteral("unset") && nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled())) { return false; } } } while ((l = l->mNext)); } // Save all parsed transition sub-properties in mTempData for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numProps; ++i) { AppendValue(kTransitionProperties[i], values[i]); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimation() { static const nsCSSProperty kAnimationProperties[] = { eCSSProperty_animation_duration, eCSSProperty_animation_timing_function, // Must check 'animation-delay' after 'animation-duration', since // that's our assumption about what the spec means for the shorthand // syntax (the first time given is the duration, and the second // given is the delay). eCSSProperty_animation_delay, eCSSProperty_animation_direction, eCSSProperty_animation_fill_mode, eCSSProperty_animation_iteration_count, // Must check 'animation-name' after 'animation-timing-function', // 'animation-direction', 'animation-fill-mode', // 'animation-iteration-count', and 'animation-play-state' since // 'animation-name' accepts any keyword. eCSSProperty_animation_name }; static const uint32_t numProps = NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(kAnimationProperties); // this is a shorthand property that accepts -property, -delay, // -duration, and -timing-function with some components missing. // there can be multiple animations, separated with commas nsCSSValue initialValues[numProps]; initialValues[0].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds); initialValues[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); initialValues[2].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds); initialValues[3].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_DIRECTION_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); initialValues[4].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_FILL_MODE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated); initialValues[5].SetFloatValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number); initialValues[6].SetNoneValue(); nsCSSValue values[numProps]; ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult spres = ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(kAnimationProperties, initialValues, values, numProps); if (spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values) { return spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error; } // Save all parsed animation sub-properties in mTempData for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numProps; ++i) { AppendValue(kAnimationProperties[i], values[i]); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseShadowItem(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsBoxShadow) { // A shadow list item is an array, with entries in this sequence: enum { IndexX, IndexY, IndexRadius, IndexSpread, // only for box-shadow IndexColor, IndexInset // only for box-shadow }; nsRefPtr val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(6); if (aIsBoxShadow) { // Optional inset keyword (ignore errors) ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexInset), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kBoxShadowTypeKTable); } nsCSSValue xOrColor; bool haveColor = false; if (!ParseVariant(xOrColor, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { return false; } if (xOrColor.IsLengthUnit() || xOrColor.IsCalcUnit()) { val->Item(IndexX) = xOrColor; } else { // Must be a color (as string or color value) NS_ASSERTION(xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident || xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Color || xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor, "Must be a color value"); val->Item(IndexColor) = xOrColor; haveColor = true; // X coordinate mandatory after color if (!ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexX), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { return false; } } // Y coordinate; mandatory if (!ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexY), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) { return false; } // Optional radius. Ignore errors except if they pass a negative // value which we must reject. If we use ParseNonNegativeVariant // we can't tell the difference between an unspecified radius // and a negative radius. if (ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexRadius), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr) && val->Item(IndexRadius).IsLengthUnit() && val->Item(IndexRadius).GetFloatValue() < 0) { return false; } if (aIsBoxShadow) { // Optional spread ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexSpread), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr); } if (!haveColor) { // Optional color ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexColor), VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr); } if (aIsBoxShadow && val->Item(IndexInset).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) { // Optional inset keyword ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexInset), VARIANT_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kBoxShadowTypeKTable); } aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseShadowList(nsCSSProperty aProperty) { nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this); bool isBoxShadow = aProperty == eCSSProperty_box_shadow; nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' must be alone if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseShadowItem(cur->mValue, isBoxShadow)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { return false; } cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(aProperty, value); return true; } int32_t CSSParserImpl::GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(const nsString& aPrefix) { NS_PRECONDITION(!aPrefix.IsEmpty(), "Must have a prefix here"); int32_t nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_Unknown; if (mNameSpaceMap) { // user-specified identifiers are case-sensitive (bug 416106) nsCOMPtr prefix = do_GetAtom(aPrefix); if (!prefix) { NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?"); } nameSpaceID = mNameSpaceMap->FindNameSpaceID(prefix); } // else no declared namespaces if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) { // unknown prefix, dump it REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownNamespacePrefix, aPrefix); } return nameSpaceID; } void CSSParserImpl::SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(nsCSSSelector& aSelector) { if (mNameSpaceMap) { aSelector.SetNameSpace(mNameSpaceMap->FindNameSpaceID(nullptr)); } else { aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_Unknown); // wildcard } } bool CSSParserImpl::ParsePaint(nsCSSProperty aPropID) { nsCSSValue x, y; if (!ParseVariant(x, VARIANT_HC | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_URL | VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kContextPatternKTable)) { return false; } bool canHaveFallback = x.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL || x.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated; if (canHaveFallback) { if (!ParseVariant(y, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) y.SetNoneValue(); } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) return false; if (!canHaveFallback) { AppendValue(aPropID, x); } else { nsCSSValue val; val.SetPairValue(x, y); AppendValue(aPropID, val); } return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseDasharray() { nsCSSValue value; if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_OPENTYPE_SVG_KEYWORD, nsCSSProps::kStrokeContextValueKTable)) { // 'inherit', 'initial', 'unset' and 'none' are only allowed on their own if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } } else { nsCSSValueList *cur = value.SetListValue(); for (;;) { if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_LPN, nullptr)) { return false; } if (CheckEndProperty()) { break; } // skip optional commas between elements (void)ExpectSymbol(',', true); cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList; cur = cur->mNext; } } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_stroke_dasharray, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseMarker() { nsCSSValue marker; if (ParseSingleValueProperty(marker, eCSSProperty_marker_end)) { if (ExpectEndProperty()) { AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_end, marker); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_mid, marker); AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_start, marker); return true; } } return false; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParsePaintOrder() { static_assert ((1 << NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH) > NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE, "bitfield width insufficient for paint-order constants"); static const int32_t kPaintOrderKTable[] = { eCSSKeyword_normal, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL, eCSSKeyword_fill, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_FILL, eCSSKeyword_stroke, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_STROKE, eCSSKeyword_markers, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_MARKERS, eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1 }; static_assert(NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(kPaintOrderKTable) == 2 * (NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE + 2), "missing paint-order values in kPaintOrderKTable"); nsCSSValue value; if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HK, kPaintOrderKTable)) { return false; } uint32_t seen = 0; uint32_t order = 0; uint32_t position = 0; // Ensure that even cast to a signed int32_t when stored in CSSValue, // we have enough space for the entire paint-order value. static_assert (NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH * NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE < 32, "seen and order not big enough"); if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) { uint32_t component = static_cast(value.GetIntValue()); if (component != NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL) { bool parsedOK = true; for (;;) { if (seen & (1 << component)) { // Already seen this component. UngetToken(); parsedOK = false; break; } seen |= (1 << component); order |= (component << position); position += NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH; if (!ParseEnum(value, kPaintOrderKTable)) { break; } component = value.GetIntValue(); if (component == NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL) { // Can't have "normal" in the middle of the list of paint components. UngetToken(); parsedOK = false; break; } } // Fill in the remaining paint-order components in the order of their // constant values. if (parsedOK) { for (component = 1; component <= NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE; component++) { if (!(seen & (1 << component))) { order |= (component << position); position += NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH; } } } } static_assert(NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL == 0, "unexpected value for NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL"); value.SetIntValue(static_cast(order), eCSSUnit_Enumerated); } if (!ExpectEndProperty()) { return false; } AppendValue(eCSSProperty_paint_order, value); return true; } bool CSSParserImpl::ParseAll() { nsCSSValue value; if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) { return false; } CSSPROPS_FOR_SHORTHAND_SUBPROPERTIES(p, eCSSProperty_all) { AppendValue(*p, value); } return true; } } // anonymous namespace // Recycling of parser implementation objects static CSSParserImpl* gFreeList = nullptr; nsCSSParser::nsCSSParser(mozilla::css::Loader* aLoader, nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet) { CSSParserImpl *impl = gFreeList; if (impl) { gFreeList = impl->mNextFree; impl->mNextFree = nullptr; } else { impl = new CSSParserImpl(); } if (aLoader) { impl->SetChildLoader(aLoader); impl->SetQuirkMode(aLoader->GetCompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks); } if (aSheet) { impl->SetStyleSheet(aSheet); } mImpl = static_cast(impl); } nsCSSParser::~nsCSSParser() { CSSParserImpl *impl = static_cast(mImpl); impl->Reset(); impl->mNextFree = gFreeList; gFreeList = impl; } /* static */ void nsCSSParser::Shutdown() { CSSParserImpl *tofree = gFreeList; CSSParserImpl *next; while (tofree) { next = tofree->mNextFree; delete tofree; tofree = next; } } // Wrapper methods nsresult nsCSSParser::SetStyleSheet(nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> SetStyleSheet(aSheet); } nsresult nsCSSParser::SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> SetQuirkMode(aQuirkMode); } nsresult nsCSSParser::SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> SetChildLoader(aChildLoader); } nsresult nsCSSParser::ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, uint32_t aLineNumber, bool aAllowUnsafeRules) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseSheet(aInput, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aLineNumber, aAllowUnsafeRules); } nsresult nsCSSParser::ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue, nsIURI* aDocURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal, css::StyleRule** aResult) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseStyleAttribute(aAttributeValue, aDocURI, aBaseURI, aNodePrincipal, aResult); } nsresult nsCSSParser::ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Declaration* aDeclaration, bool* aChanged) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseDeclarations(aBuffer, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aDeclaration, aChanged); } nsresult nsCSSParser::ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Rule** aResult) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseRule(aRule, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aResult); } nsresult nsCSSParser::ParseProperty(const nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsAString& aPropValue, nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI, nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal, css::Declaration* aDeclaration, bool* aChanged, bool aIsImportant, bool aIsSVGMode) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseProperty(aPropID, aPropValue, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aDeclaration, aChanged, aIsImportant, aIsSVGMode); } void nsCSSParser::ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURI, uint32_t aLineNumber, nsMediaList* aMediaList, bool aHTMLMode) { static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseMediaList(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aMediaList, aHTMLMode); } bool nsCSSParser::ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURI, uint32_t aLineNumber, nsCSSValue& aValue) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseColorString(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aValue); } nsresult nsCSSParser::ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString, nsIURI* aURI, uint32_t aLineNumber, nsCSSSelectorList** aSelectorList) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseSelectorString(aSelectorString, aURI, aLineNumber, aSelectorList); } already_AddRefed nsCSSParser::ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer, nsIURI* aURI, uint32_t aLineNumber) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseKeyframeRule(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber); } bool nsCSSParser::ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString, nsIURI* aURI, uint32_t aLineNumber, InfallibleTArray& aSelectorList) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> ParseKeyframeSelectorString(aSelectorString, aURI, aLineNumber, aSelectorList); } bool nsCSSParser::EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty, const nsAString& aValue, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(aProperty, aValue, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal); } bool nsCSSParser::EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aCondition, nsIURI* aDocURL, nsIURI* aBaseURL, nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal) { return static_cast(mImpl)-> EvaluateSupportsCondition(aCondition, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal); }